Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

set over as chief

  • 1 set

    1. I
    1) the sun is setting солнце садится /заходит/
    2) his power has begun to set его могущество /власть/ слабеет; his star has set его звезда закатилась; his glory has set его слава померкла
    3) cement has set цемент схватился /затвердел/; the glue did not set клей не засох; the jelly has set желе застыло; blood (the white of the egg, etc.) set кровь и т.д. свернулась; the milk set молоко свернулось /створожилось/; all his muscles set все его мускулы напряглись; his face set его лицо-окаменело /застыло/
    4) young trees set молодые деревца принялись; the blossoms were abundant but they failed to set цветение было бурным, но плоды не завязались
    2. II
    1) set at some time the sun sets early (late, etc.) солнце заходит рано и т.д.; set in some manner the sun sets slowly солнце медленно садится
    3) set at some time the jelly hasn't set yet желе еще не застыло; set in some manner cement (mortar, glue, etc.) sets quickly цемент и т.д. быстро застывает /схватывается/; her hair sets easily ее волосы легко укладывать, у нее послушные волосы; his lips set stubbornly его губы упрямо сжались; his teeth set stubbornly он упрямо стиснул зубы
    3. III
    1) set smth. set a broken bone (dislocated joints, etc.) вправить кость и т.д.; set one's hair укладывать волосы; set the table накрывать на стол; set the stage расставлять декорации; set the scene подготовить обстановку; set the sails а) ставить паруса; б) отправляться в плавание; set a piano настраивать пианино; set a palette подготавливать палитру; set a razor править бритву; set a saw разводить пилу; set a clock (the hands of the watch, the alarm-clock) поставить часы; set the focus of a microscope настроить микроскоп; set a map ориентировать карту
    2) set smb., smth. set guards /sentries, watches/ расставлять часовых /караульных и т.п./; set the guard (the pickets) выставлять караул (пикеты)
    3) set smth. set the wedding day (the time, a date, a price, etc.) назначать день свадьбы и т.д.; set a fine устанавливать размер штрафа; set the course разработать /выработать/ курс; set standards (limits, a time-limit, boundaries, etc.) устанавливать нормы и т.д.; set requirements определять / вырабатывать/ требования; set a punishment наложить взыскание
    4) set smth. set an examination-paper (questions, problems, etc.) составлять письменную экзаменационную работу и т.д.; set a new style (a tone) задавать новый стиль (тон); set the fashion вводить моду; set a new model (a pattern) внедрять новый образец (покрой); set the расе задавать темп; set a record устанавливать рекорд; set a precedent создавать прецедент; set a good (bad) example подавать хороший (дурной) пример
    5) set smth. set a trap (a snare) поставить капкан (силки); set an ambush устроить засаду
    4. IV
    1) set smth. somewhere set the books back положить /поставить/ книги на место; set the chairs back отодвигать стулья; set back one's shoulders расправить плечи; the dog set its ears back собака прижала уши; set the clock (one's watch, the alarm, the hand of the watch, etc.) back one hour перевести часы /отвести часы/ на один час назад; set one's watch forward one hour поставить /перевести/ часы на один час вперед; set a house well (some distance /some way/, a fair distance, etc.) back from the road (from the street, etc.) построить /поставить/ дом вдали и т.д. от дороги и т.д.; set the book (one's knitting, the newspaper, etc.) aside отложить в сторону /отодвинуть/ книгу и т.A; set down one's load (one's suitcase, a box, etc.) опустить свой груз и т.д. (на землю)-, set the tray down поставить (на стол и т.я.) поднос; set the chair upright поднять стул; set smb. somewhere set the dogs apart растащить [дерущихся] собак; set the children apart отделять /изолировать/ детей
    2) set smb., smth. in some direction the current set them (the boat, the ship, etc.) northward (seawards, etc.) течением их и т.д. понесло к северу и т.д.
    5. V
    set smb. smth.
    1) set the boys (the students, the employees, etc.) a difficult job (an easy task, a difficult problem, the job of cleaning the yard, etc.) (заплавать мальчикам и т.д. трудную работу и т.д., set oneself a difficult task ставить перед бабой трудную задачу; set him a sum задавать ему арифметическую задачу; set one's son a goal поставить перед своим сыном цель
    2) set the children (the younger boys, youngsters, other people, etc.) a good example подавать детям и т.д. хороший пример; set smb. smth. to do smth. set smb. a standard /a pattern/ to follow служить для кого-л. образцом, которому надо следовать
    6. VI
    set smth., smb. in some state
    1) set the window (the door, the gates, etc.) open открывать /оставлять открытым/ окно и т.д.; set the door ajar приоткрывать дверь, оставить дверь полуоткрытой; set one's hat (one's tie, one's skirt, etc.) straight поправить шляпу и т.д., надеть шляпу и т.д. как следует; set the prisoners (the bird, etc.) free освобождать /выпускать на свободу, на волю/ узников и т.д.; set the dog loose спускать собаку (с цепи, с поводка и т.п.); a good night's rest will set you right за ночь вы отдохнете и снова будете хорошо себя чувствовать; why didn't you set the boy right? почему же вы не поправили мальчика?; I can soon set that right я могу это быстро уладить или исправить; set errors right исправлять ошибки; it would set him (myself) right in their eyes это оправдает его (меня) в их глазах; set things /matters/ straight /right/ уладить дела; set things ready приводить все в готовность; set smb.'s curiosity agog возбуждать чье-л. любопытство
    7. VII
    1) set smb. to do smth. set the men to chop wood (the men to saw wood, the boys to dig a field, the pupils to work at their algebra, the girl to shell peas, the pupils to sing, etc.) заставлять рабочих колоть дрова и т.д.; I set him to work at mowing the lawn я велел ему /дал ему задание/ постричь газон; я вменил ему в обязанность подстригать газон; whom did you set to do this? кому вы поручили это сделать?; I set myself to study the problem я решил взяться за изучение этого вопроса; he set himself to finish the job by the end of May он твердо решил /поставил себе целью/ закончить работу к концу мая
    2) set smth. to do smth. set a machine (a device, a mechanism, etc.) to work приводить в действие /завалять. запускать/ машину и т.д.; set the alarm clock to wake us at seven заводить будильник, чтобы он поднял нас в семь часов, поставить будильник на семь часов
    3) set smth. to do smth. set a pattern to be followed подавать пример; создавать пример для подражания
    8. VIII
    set smb., smth. doing smth. set everybody (the company, people, me, etc.) thinking (singing, running, etc.) заставить всех и т.д. (при)задуматься и т.д.; set smb. talking а) заставить кого-л. говорить, разговорить кого-л.; I set him talking about the new invention (about the discovery, about marriage, etc.) я навел его на разговор о новом изобретении и т.д.; б) дать кому-л. пищу для разговоров; this incident set people talking этот случай /инцидент/ вызвал всякие пересуды; my jokes set the whole table (the company, the audience, the boys, etc.) laughing мой шутки смешили всех за столом и т.д.; set them wondering вызвать у них удивление; the smoke set her coughing от дыма она закашлялась; who has set the dog barking? кто там прошел?, почему лает собака?; set tongues wagging вызывать толки /пересуды/, давать пищу для сплетен; the news set my heart beating эта новость заставила мое сердце забиться; it's time we set the machinery (the machine, the engine, etc.) going пора запустить механизм и т.д. /привести механизм и т.д. в действие/; when anybody entered the device set the bell ringing когда кто-нибудь входил, срабатывало устройство и звонок начинал звонить; а strong wind set the bells ringing от сильного ветра колокола зазвонили; set a top spinning запускать волчок; а false step will set stones rolling один неверный шаг set и камни покатятся вниз; set a plan going начать осуществление плана; we must set things going надо начинать действовать
    9. XI
    1) be set in (near, round, on, etc.) smth. her house is set well back in the garden (near the road, some way back from the street, on a hill, etc.) ее дом стоит а глубине сада и т.д.; а town (a country-seat, a village, etc.) is set in a woodland (on an island, north of /from/ London, etc.) город и т.д. расположен в лесистой местности и т.д.; а boundary stone is set between two fields поля разделяет межевой камень; а balcony is set round the house вокруг дома идет балкон; the second act (the scene, the play, etc.) is set in ancient Rome (in a street, in Paris, etc.) действие второго акта и т.д. происходит в древнем Риме и т.д.; а screen is set in a wall экран вделан /вмонтирован/ в стену; there was a little door set in a wall в стене была маленькая дверка; а ruby (a diamond, etc.) was set in a buckle (in a gold ring, in an earring, etc.) в пряжку и т.д. был вделан /вставлен/ рубин и т.д.; а ruby is set in gold рубин в золотой оправе /оправлен золотом/; his blue eyes are set deep in a white face на его бледном лице глубоко посажены голубые глаза; the young plants should be set at intervals of six inches эти молодые растения надо сажать на расстоянии шести дюймов [друг от друга]; be set with smth. the coast is set with modem resorts на побережье раскинулось множество современных курортов; the tops of the wall were set with broken glass верхний край стены был утыкан битым стеклом; the room is set with tables and chairs комната заставлена столами и стульями; tables were set with little sprays of blue flowers столы были украшены маленькими букетиками синих цветов: the field was set with daisies поле было усеяно маргаритками; the sky was set with stars небо было усыпано звездами; а bracelet (a ring, a crown, a sword-handle, a valuable ornament, etc.) was set with diamonds (with jewels, with gems, with rubies, with pearls, with precious stones, etc.) браслет и т.д. был украшен /усыпан/ бриллиантами и т.д.; а gold ring set with two fine pearls золотое кольцо с двумя большими жемчужинами
    3) be set on smth., smb. he (his mind, his heart) was set on it ему этого очень хотелось; his heart was set on her a) он любил лишь ее; б) все его помыслы были связаны с ней; be set on doing smth. be set on going to the stage (on coming here again, etc.) твердо решить пойти на сцену и т.д.; be set on going to the sea окончательно решить стать моряком; be set on having a motor bike (on winning, on finding him, etc.) поставить своей целью приобрести мотоцикл и т.д.; be set against smth.,smb. he is set against all reforms (against having electric light in the house, against this marriage, against the trip, etc.) он решительно [настроен] против всяких реформ и т.д.; he is set against her он и слышать о ней не хочет; be set against doing smth. he was violently set against meeting her он упорно отказывался встретиться /от встречи/ с ней /противился встрече с ней/
    4) be set on by smb. she was set on by robbers (by a lot of roughs in the dark, by a dog, etc.) на нее напали грабители и т.д.
    5) be set the table is set стол накрыт; the sails are set паруса подняты; be set for smb., smth. the table is set for six стол накрыт на шесть человек /персон/; the table is set for dinner (for lunch, etc.) стол накрыт к обеду и т.д.; be set in some state slaves (prisoners, hostages, etc.) were set free /at liberty/ рабы и т.д. были освобождены /отпущены на волю/; this must be set in order a) это надо привести в порядок; б) это надо разместить /разложить/ по порядку; the motor was set in motion включили мотор
    6) be set at some time the mortar is already set цемент уже схватился /затвердел/; the jelly is not set yet желе еще не застыло; has the type for the book been set yet? эту книгу уже набрали?; it was all set now теперь все было готово /подготовлено/; be set in some manner his lips (his jaws, his teeth) were firmly set in an effort to control himself он плотно сжал губы (челюсти, зубы), пытаясь овладеть собой; his mind and character are completely set он вполне сформировался /сложился/ как личность; be set to do smth. be set to go there быть готовым пойти туда; two pumps (machines, wheels, etc.) were set to work два насоса и т.д. были включены /приведены в действие/; be set for smth. be set for the talk (for the meeting, for the game, for the journey, etc.) быть готовым к разговору и т.д.; the scene is set for the tragedy (for the drama, for the climax, etc.) события (в книге, в пьесе и т.п.) подводят /подготавливают/ (читателя, зрителя и т.п.) к трагедии и т.д.; he was all set for a brilliant career у него были все задатки для блестящей карьеры
    7) be set over smb. he was set over people ему была дана власть над людьми; he was set over his rivals его ставили выше его соперников
    8) be set against smth. one's expenses must be set against the amount received расходы следует соразмерить с доходами; the advantages must be set against the disadvantages надо учесть все плюсы и минусы; against these gains must be set the loss of prestige оценивая эти выгоды, нельзя забывать об ущербе в связи с потерей престижа; it's no good when theory is set against practice плохо, когда теорию противопоставляют практике; when one language is set against another... когда один язык сравнивают /сопоставляют/ с другим...
    9) be set for some time the examination (the voting, his departure, etc.) is set for today (for May 2, etc.) экзамен и т.д. назначен на сегодня и т.д., the party is all set for Monday at my place решено вечеринку провести в понедельник у меня; the time and date of the meeting have not yet been set дата и время собрания еще не установлены; be set by smth., smb. rules (standards, terms, fees, etc.) are set by a committee (by the law, by the headmaster, etc.) правила и т.д. устанавливаются комиссией и т.д.
    10) be set the list of questions is set список вопросов /вопросник/ составлен; be set for smth. what subjects have been set for the examination next year? какие предметы включены в экзамен на будущий год? || be set to music быть положенным на музыку
    11) be set in smth. the editorial was set in boldface type передовая была набрана жирным шрифтом
    10. XII
    have smth. set we have everything set у нас все готово /подготовлено/; the ship has her sails set корабль поднял паруса; have a place set for a guest поставить прибор для гостя
    11. XIII
    set to do smth. set to dig the garden (to write letters, etc.) начать вскапывать сад и т.д.; the engineers set to repair the bridge инженеры приступили к ремонту моста
    12. XVI
    1) set behind (in, on, etc.) smth. the sun sets behind the western range of mountains солнце садится за горной грядой на западе; the sun sets in the sea солнце садится в море; the sun never sets on our country над нашей страной никогда не заходит солнце; set at (in) smth. the sun sets at five o'clock (in the evening, etc.) солнце заходит в пять часов и т.д.
    2) set against (to, from, etc.) smth. set against the wind (against the current) двигаться, направляться (идти, плыть и т.п.) против ветра (против течения); set against the tide идти против прилива; the wind sets from the south (from the west, from the north-east, etc.) ветер дует с юга и т.д.: the current sets to the west (to the south, through the channel, through the straits, etc.) течение идет на запад и т.д.; the tide has set in his favour ему начинает везти
    3) set against (with) smth., smb. public opinion is setting against this proposal (against this plan, against his visit, against him, etc.) общественное мнение складывается не в пользу этого предложения и т.д.; circumstances were setting with our plan (with him, etc.) обстоятельства складывались благоприятно для осуществления нашего плана и т.д.
    4) set about (upon, on, to) smth. set about the study of mineralogy (about the composition, about it, about one's washing, about one's work, etc.) приниматься /браться/ за изучение минералогии и т.д.; I don't know how to set about this job не знаю, как приступить /как подступиться/ к этой работе; they set upon the task unwillingly они неохотно взялись за выполнение этой задачи; set to work in earnest, set seriously to work серьезно браться за работу; set to work on the problem приняться за работу над этой проблемой; set to work on one's studies начать заниматься, приняться за учение
    5) set up (on) smb. set upon the enemy атаковать противника; а gang of ruffians set on him на него напала шайка хулиганов; they set upon him with blows они набросились на него с кулаками; they set upon us with arguments они обрушились на нас со своими доводами; set about /at/ smb. coll. set about the boys (about the stranger, about the supporters of the other team, at the bully, etc.) набрасываться /налетать, наскакивать/ на мальчишек и т.д.; they set about each other at once они сразу же сцепились друг с другом /начали колошматить друг друга/; I'd set about you myself if I could я бы сам отколотил тебя, если бы мог; I'd set about him with a stick (with the butt of the spade, etc.) if we have any trouble если что [не так], я стукну его палкой и т.д.
    6) set in smth. cement soon sets in dry weather (in the cold, in the sun, etc.) в сухую погоду /когда сухо,/ и т.д. цемент быстро затвердевает /застывает/
    13. XVII
    set about (to) doing smth. set about getting dinner ready (about tidying up the room, about doing one's lessons, about stamp-collecting, late.) приниматься за обед /за приготовление обеда/ и т.д.; I must. set about my packing мне надо [начать] укладываться; he asked me how lie should set about learning German он спросил меня, с чего ему начать изучение немецкого языка; set to arguing (to fighting, to quarrelling. etc.) начинать /приниматься/ спорить и т.д.; they set to packing они стали упаковываться
    14. XXI1
    1) set smth., smb. on (at, against, in, before, for, etc.) smth., smb. set dishes (a lamp, one's glass, etc.) on the table поставить тарелки и т.д. на стол; set a place for the guest поставить прибор для гостя; set food and drink (wine and nuts, meat, a dish, etc.) before guests (before travellers, etc.) поставить еду и напитки и т.д. перед гостями и т.д.; set a table by the window (an armchair before a desk, a floor-lamp beside an armchair, etc.) поставить стол у окна и т.д.; set chairs around (at) a table расставлять стулья вокруг (у) стола; set a ladder (a bicycle, a stick, etc.) against a wall прислонить /приставить/ лестницу и т.д. к стене; set one's hand on smb.'s shoulder положить руку кому-л. на плечо; set a hand against the door опереться рукой о дверь; set smb. on his feet поставить кого-л. на ноги
    2) set smth., smb. in (by, on, upon, etc.) smth. set things in their place again вернуть /положить/ вещи на место; set flowers in the water (in a vase, etc.) поставить цветы в воду и т.д.; set glass in a window вставлять стекло в окно; set lamps in 'walls вделывать светильники в стены; set one's foot in the stirrup вставить ногу в стремя; set the stake in the ground вкопать столб в землю; set a pearl (a jewel, a diamond, etc.) in gold оправлять жемчужину и т.д. в золото; set smb. by the fire усадить кого-л. у огня: set a child in a high chair посадить ребенка ка высокий стул; set smb. in the dock посадить кого-л. на скамью подсудимых; set a wheel on an axle насадить колесо на ось: set a hen on eggs, set eggs under a hen посадить курицу на яйца; set a boy on horseback подсадить мальчика на лошадь; set smb. on the pedestal поставить /возвести/ кого-л. на пьедестал; set troops on shore высадить войска [на берег]; set one's foot oil a step поставить ногу на ступеньку; set foot on shore ступить на берег; I'll never set foot on your threshold я никогда не переступлю порог вашего дома; set a crown on his head возложить на него корону; set a king on the throne посадить короля на трон; set a kiss upon smb.'s hand приложиться к чьей-л. руке; set smth. with smth. set the top of the wall with broken glass утыкать верхнюю часть стены битым стеклом; set this bed with tulips (with geraniums, etc.) засадить эту клумбу тюльпанами и т.д. || set eyes on smb., smth. увидеть кого-л что-л., I never set eyes on him before today до сегодняшнего дня я его в глаза не видел; that child wants everything he sets his eyes on этому ребенку вынь, да положь все, что он видит
    3) set smth. to smth. set a glass (a trumpet, etc.) to one's lips, set one's lips to a glass (to a trumpet, etc.) подносить стакан и т.д. к губам /ко рту/; set a match (a lighter) to a cigarette (to old papers, to a fire, etc.) подносить спичку (зажигалку) к сигарете и т.д.; set one's shoulder to the door налечь плечом на дверь; set spurs to a horse пришпорить лошадь
    4) set smb. across smth. set him across the river переправлять его через реку /на другой берег/; set a child across the street перевести ребенка на другую сторону улицы /через улицу/; set smth. by smth. set a ship by the compass вести корабль по компасу; set smth. against (to ward(s), to) smth. set the boat against the wind (against the current) направлять лодку против ветра и т.д.; set one's course to the south направляться на юг; set one's face toward the east (toward home, towards the sun, etc.) повернуться лицом к востоку и т.д.; set smb. after (at, on, etc.) smb., smth. set the police (detectives, etc.) after /on the track of/ the criminal (on her, after the spies, etc.) направлять полицию и т.д. по следу преступника и т.д.; set the boys on the wrong (right) track направлять мальчишек по ложному (по правильному) следу; set a dog at a hare (at a fox, at a bull, at his heels, etc.) пустить собаку по следу зайца и т.д.; set dogs on a stranger (on a trespasser, on thieves, etc.) спустить собак на незнакомца и т.д. || set sail for India отплывать /направляться/ в Индию
    5) set smb. against (on, to, etc.) smb., smth. set people against each other (a friend against another, everyone against him, etc.) настраивать людей друг против друга и т.д.; he is trying to set you against me он старается восстановить вас против меня; set oneself against the proposal (against the scheme, against the decision, against his nomination, against him, etc.) был настроенным /выступать/ против этого предложения и т.д.; set the crowd on acts of violence (the crew to mutiny, soldiers to violence, people to robbery, etc.) подстрекать толпу на совершение актов насилия /к насилию/ и т.д.; set smth. against smth. set one thing against another противопоставлять одно другому; set one language against another сопоставлять /сравнивать/ один язык с другим; set smth. on smth. set one's heart /one's mind/ on the trip твердо настроиться на эту поездку; set one's heart on a new dress (on a new car, etc.) жаждать /очень хотеть/ купить новое платье и т.д.; he set his thoughts on the plan все его помыслы направлены на осуществление этого плана || set him at odds with his friends рассорить его с друзьями
    6) set smb., smth. to smth. set the class (the boys, him, etc.) to work (to a task, to sums, to dictation, etc.) засадить класс и т.д. за работу и т.д.; set one's mind /one's wits/ to a question (to a task, to a job, etc.) сосредоточиться на каком-л. вопросе и т.д.; you won't find the work difficult if only you set your mind to it если вы серьезно возьметесь за дело, работа не покажется вам трудной; set one's hand to the work (to the task, to the plough, etc.) взяться за работу и т.д.; he set himself resolutely to the task он решительно взялся за выполнение задачи; set а реп to' paper начать писать, взяться за перо; set smth. before smb. set a task (an object) before him поставить перед ним задачу
    7) set smth., smb. т (on, at, to) smth. set one's affairs (one's papers, one's house, a room, etc.) in order /to rights/ приводить свои дела и т.д. в порядок; set a machine in motion запустить машину; set the project in motion начинать работу над объектом; set the machinery of the government in motion приводить государственную машину в движение; set a chain reaction in motion вызвать цепную реакцию; his jokes set the audience (the table, the whole room, etc.) in a roar от его шуток вся аудитория и т.д. покатывалась со смеху; set smb. on his guard настораживать кого-л.; set smb. (smb.'s guests, the boy, smb.'s mind, etc.) at ease успокаивать кого-л. и т.д.; he set the girl at ease с ним девушке стало легко /девушка почувствовала себя свободно/; а host should try and set his guests at ease хозяин должен стараться, чтобы его гости чувствовали себя свободно /как дома/: now you may set your mind at ease теперь вы можете перестать волноваться /не волноваться/; set a question (the affair, the matter, etc.) at rest разрешить /урегулировать/ вопрос и т.д.; that sets all my doubts at rest это рассеивает все мои сомнения; set prisoners at liberty освобождать заключенных
    8) set smth. for smth. set the table for dinner (for five people, for two, etc.) накрыть стол к обеду и т.д.; set the stage for the next scene in a play подготовить сцену для следующей картины [в пьесе]; set the scene for talks подготовить условия /создать благоприятную обстановку/ для переговоров; set smth. by smth. set one's watch by the radio timesignal (by the town clock, by the clock in the library, by mine, etc.) ставить /сверять/ часы по радиосигналу и т.д.; set smth. to (for, at) smth. set the clock (the hands of the clock) to the correct time (to the proper hour of the day, etc.) точно поставить часы и т.д.; set the alarm for 5 o'clock (the camera lens to infinity, a thermostat at 70°, etc.) поставить будильник на пять часов и т.д.
    9) set smb., smth. at (in, он, etc.) smth. set a guard (a sentry, etc.) at the door (at the gate, at the corner of the street, in the nearest village, on the hill, etc.) поставить сторожа /часового/ и т.д. у дверей и т.д.; set pickets around the camp выставлять дозорных вокруг лагеря
    10) set smb., smth. over (before, among, etc.) smb., smth. set him over others (a supervisor over the new workers, etc.) назначать его начальником над остальными и т.д.; set Vergil before Homer отдавать предпочтение Вергилию перед Гомером, ставить Вергилия выше Гомера; set the author among the greatest writers of today (the painter among the best artists of the world, the team among the strongest teams of Europe, etc.) считать автора одним из крупнейших писателей современности и т.д.; set duty before pleasure ставить долг выше удовольствий /на первое место/; set honesty above everything (diamonds above rubies, etc.) ценить честность превыше всего и т.д., his intelligence (his talent, his character, etc.) sets him apart from others (from ordinary people, from the normal run of people, etc.) его ум и т.д. выделяют его среди других и т.д.; her bright red hair sets her apart from her sisters из всех сестер у нее одной были ярко-рыжие волосы
    11) set smth. at smth. set the price (the value of the canvas, etc.) at t 1000 оценить / назначить, определить цену/ и т.д. в тысячу фунтов; set bail at i 500 установить сумму залога в пятьсот фунтов; set neatness at a high value очень ценить аккуратность, придавать большое значение опрятности; set smth. for smth. set a time for a meeting назначать время собрания; set the rules for a contest вырабатывать правила состязания; set the lesson for tomorrow задавать урок на завтра; set smth. to /for /smth. set limits to smb.'s power (to his extravagance, to his demands, etc.) ограничивать чью-л. власть и т.д., устанавливать предел чьей-л. власти и т.д.; he sets no limit to his ambition его честолюбие не знает предела; set a time-limit for examination установить продолжительность экзамена; set a time-limit for debates установить регламент для выступления в прениях; set a record for the mile устанавливать рекорд в беге на одну милю; set an end to it положить этому конец; set smth. on smth., smb. set a high value on life (on punctuality, etc.) высоко ценить жизнь и т.д.; set a punishment on smb. налагать наказание на кого-л., определять кому-л. меру наказания; set a price on smb.'s head /on smb.'s life/ назначить награду за чью-л. голову /за чью-л. жизнь/; set smth. at some time set the death of the man at midnight установить, что смерть этого человека наступила в полночь || set much store by smth. придавать большее значение чему-л.; set much store by social position (by daily exercise, by what the neighbours say, by the opinion of people like him, etc.) придавать большое значение общественному положению и т.д.
    12) set smth. for (in, to, etc.) smth. set papers for the examination составлять экзаменационные работы; set new questions (problems, etc.) in an examination подготовить новые вопросы и т.д. для экзамена; set the words (this poem, etc.) to music положить эти слова и т.д. на музыку; set new words to an old tune сочинить новые слова на старый мотив; set Othello to music а) написать музыку к "Отелло"; б) написать /сочинить/ оперу "Отелло"; set a piece of music for the violin переложить музыкальное произведение для скрипки
    13) set smth. before smb. set a plan (facts, one's theory, one's proposals, etc.) before the council (before the chief, before experts, etc.) изложить совету /представить на рассмотрение совета/ и т.д. план и т.д.
    14) set smth. to smth. set one's name /one's signature, one's hand/ to a document подписать документ; set a seal to the decree скрепить указ печатью; set smth. on smth. set a veto on smth. накладывать запрет на что-л.
    15) set smth. on (in) smth., smb. set one's life on a chance рисковать жизнью в надежде на удачу; set one's future on a chance строить планы на будущее в расчете на счастливое стечение обстоятельств; set hopes on a chance (on him, on his uncle, etc.) надеяться /возлагать надежды/ на случай и т.д.
    16) set smth. for smb. set a snare for a fox поставить капкан на лису; set poison for rats разложить отраву для крыс
    17) set smth. for smth. set milk for cheese ставить молоко на творог, створаживать молоко
    18) || set fire to a house (to a barn, etc.) поджигать дом и т.д.; set the woods (a woodpile, etc.) on fire поджигать лес и т.д.
    15. XXII
    1) set smth. on doing smth. set one's heart /one's hopes, one's mind, one's thoughts/ on becoming an engineer (on going with us, on going abroad, etc.) очень хотеть /стремиться/ стать инженером и т.д.; I set my heart on going today я решил ехать сегодня; he sets his hopes on getting on in life он очень надеется преуспеть в жизни /добиться в жизни успеха/; if he once sets his mind on doing something it takes a lot to dissuade him если он настроился на что-либо, его очень трудно отговорить
    2) set smb. to doing smth. set him to woodchopping поставить его на колку дров, заставить его колоть дрова; set her to thinking заставить ее задуматься; set a child to crying довести ребенка до слез; he set himself to amusing me он изо всех сил старался развлечь меня
    16. XXIV1
    set smth. as smth. set education (money, revenge, etc.) as one's goal /as one's aim, as one's object, as one's purpose, as one's task/ поставить себе целью получить образование в т.д.

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > set

  • 2 over

    ˈəuvə
    1. предл.
    1) а) указывает на движение или нахождение над каким-л. предметом над, выше a flight over the sea ≈ полет над морем б) указывает на положение поверх какого-л. предмета на, над His hand was over his heart. ≈ Он прижал руку к сердцу. в) указывает на положение поперек чего-л. через a new bridge over a river ≈ новый мост через реку г) указывает на положение по другую сторону чего-л. по ту сторону, за, через over the river ≈ по ту сторону реки, за рекой д) указывает на положение около, вблизи чего-л. у, при, за to be over the fire ≈ находиться у костра е) указывает на прикосновение к поверхности чего-л. по to run hands over the machine ≈ провести руками по машине ж) указывает на надевание одежды, натягивание чехла и т. п. to put an apron over the dress ≈ надеть передник поверх платья
    2) а) указывает на период, в течение которого происходило действие за, в, в течение over the last three years ≈ за последние три года б) указывает на действие, которое происходило во время какого-л. др. действия, занятия She fell asleep over her work. ≈ Она заснула во время работы.
    3) указывает на большое количество, в т. ч. большой возраст, время свыше, сверх, больше over ten millions ≈ свыше десяти миллионов She is over twenty. ≈ Ей больше двадцати лет.
    4) указывает на более высокое положение, старшинство, господство, власть и т. п. над to rule over smth. ≈ господствовать над чем-л., управлять чем-л.
    5) указывает на предмет спора, обсуждения и т. п. to dispute over smth. ≈ спорить о чем-л.
    6) указывает на преодоление трудностей to get over difficulties ≈ преодолеть трудности
    7) указывает на источник, средство, способ передачи, пересылки и т. п. через, через посредство, посредством, по over the telephone ≈ по телефону
    2. нареч.
    1) а) указывает на движение через что-л., передается приставками пере-, вы- to jump over ≈ перепрыгнуть to swim over ≈ переплыть б) указывает на движение над чем-л. или нахождение наверху наверх;
    наверху to hang over ≈ висеть наверху, висеть над головой в) указывает на переход на противоположную сторону, вт. ч. изменение позиции to sail over ≈ переплыть на другую сторону г) указывает на нахождение на какой-л. стороне over by the hill ≈ за холмом
    2) указывает на повторение снова, вновь, еще раз to do smth. over ≈ переделывать что-л.
    3) указывает на доведение действия до конца, а также тщательность его выполнения про- to think smth. over ≈ (тщательно) продусмать что-л.
    4) указывает на окончание, прекращение действия The lesson is over. ≈ Урок окончен.
    5) указывает на повсеместность действия, распространенность по всей территории He ached all over. ≈ У него болело абсолютно все.
    6) во временном отношении указывает на длительность протекания какого-л. процесса в течение опред. периода времени over until Sunday ≈ до воскресенья
    7) указывает на передачу чего-л. от одного лица к другому to make a property over to smb. ≈ передать имущество кому-л.
    8) вдобавок, сверх, слишком, чересчур difference over or under ≈ одним различием больше или иеньше
    9) при измерении по диаметру или по поперек в диаметре, размер поперек a board a foot over ≈ доска диаметром в 1 фут
    10) имеет усилительное значение ∙ over and above
    3. сущ.
    1) а) избыток, излишек Syn: extra б) приплата Syn: extra payment
    2) воен. перелет( снаряда)
    3) радио переход на прием
    4. прил.
    1) верхний Syn: upper
    2) вышестоящий( по званию, положению и т. п.) Syn: higher in authority
    3) избыточный, излишний Syn: superfluous, surplus, excessive;
    extra
    4) сверхсильный, чрезмерный overaggressive behavior ≈ сверхагрессивное поведение Syn: too great, excessive
    5) оконченный, окончившийся;
    прошедший when the war was over ≈ когда война была завершена Syn: ended, done, past излишек, избыток приплата ( военное) перелет (снаряда) (спортивное) серия бросков (радиотехника) переход на прием верхний;
    внешний - the * eyelid верхнее веко вышестоящий излишний, избыточный;
    чрезмерный - * imagination слишком богатое воображение указывает на нахождение или движение над чем-либо наверху;
    наверх - to hand * нависать, висеть над головой - the balloon was directly * воздушный шар находился прямо над нами указывает на движение через что-либо - часто передается глагольной приставкой пере- - to jump * перепрыгнуть - to step * перешагнуть - the pot was full and the soup was boiling * кастрюля была полна, и суп убежал - to climb * into the garden перелезать через забор в сад указывает на изменение положения, переворачивание, переход из вертикального положения в горизонтальное - часто передается глагольной приставкой пере- - to roll * перекатывать(ся) - to turn smth.* перевернуть что-либо на другую сторону - please, turn * смотри на обороте (надпись) - to knock smb. * сбить кого-либо с ног - to knock smth. * опрокинуть что-либо - turn * on your side поверни(те) сь на бок - he gave me a push and * I went он толкнул меня, и я упал - the car almost swung * автомобиль чуть не перевернулся - he stooped * to laсe his shoes он наклонился, чтобы зашнуровать ботинки указывает на переход на противоположную сторону, изменение позиции - часто передается глагольной приставкой пере- - to go * to the enemy перейти еа сторону неприятеля - to sail * переплыть (на другую сторону) - they went * to a five-day week они перешли на пятидневную неделю - O.! O. to you (радиотехника) перехожу на прием! - he drove us * to the other side of town он отвез нас в другой конец города указывает на приближение к какому-либо месту, лицу или переход к чему-либо - часто передается глагольной приставкой под- - he led her * to the window он подвел ее к окну - send her * to me пришли ее ко мне - he went * to the railing он подошел к перилам - to go * to see smb. (разговорное) зайти к кому-либо, навестить кого-либо - we have guests coming * this evening сегодня вечером к нам придут гости - to go * to the store сходить в магазин - take these letters * to post office отнести эти письма на почту - ask him * пригласите его (в гости) указывает на нахождение на какой-либо стороне - * here здесь - * there( вон) там - there's a good sport * there там есть хорошее местечко - * by the hill там, за холмом указывает на повторение вновь, опять, еще раз - * again, * and * (again) опять, снова, много раз (подряд) - he said the some thing * and * (again) он все время повторял одно и то же - he read the article twice * он еще раз перечитал статью - to do smth. * переделывать что-либо - he did that problem three times * он трижды принимался за решение этой проблемы - you'll have to do it * (again) тебе придется переделать это указывает на тщательность выполнения действия или доведение его до конца - передается глагольными приставками про-, пере- - to think smth. * продумать что-либо - to talk * обсудить - to check * проверить - to read a newspaper * прочитать газету (от первой до последней страницы) - to look * осмотреть;
    проверить - may I look the house *? можно осмотреть дом? - dig the ground * well before planting the flowers прежде чем сажать цветы, тщательно перекопайте землю указывает на окончание чего-либо - the lesson is * урок окончен - the war was * война кончилась - the incident is * инцидент исчерпан указывает на нерешенность, незаконченность, неурегулированность - to lay * откладывать, отсрочивать - to hold * a decision откладывать принятие решения;
    повременить с решением - let's hold it * until the next meeting давайте отложим это до следующего собрания указывает на распространение по всему данному месту, по всей территории - to be all * in dust быть покрытым пылью с головы до ног - to paint the wall * закрасить всю стену - they searched the town * они искали по всему городу - a dress covered * with jewels платье, усыпанное драгоценностями - her face became red all * краска залила ее лицо - he ached all * у него болело все тело указывает на длительность протекания действия в течении какого-либо периода времени или по истечении этого периода времени - please stay * until Monday оставайтесь, пожалуйста, у нас до понедельника указывает на передачу или переход чего-либо от одного лица к другому - передается глагольной приставкой пере- - to hand smth. * to smb. передать что-либо кому-либо - to take * a job smb. продолжать работу, начатую кем-либо другим - to make a property * to smb. передать имущество кому-либо, переписать имущество не кого-либо - to get one's point * to smb. (разговорное) втолковать кому-либо что-либо - he willed the house * to his son он завещал дом своему сыну указывает на излишек, избыток вдобавок, сверх того - boys of twelve years and * мальчики двенадцати лет и старше - to pay the full sum and smth. заплатить сполна и еще прибавить - I've got one card * у меня осталась одна открытка - you will keep what is left * оставьте себе, что осталось ( о сдаче) - nineteen divided by five makes three, and four * девятнадцать, деленное на пять, равно трем и четыре в остатке - they were gone three hours or * их тут нет уже три часа, а то и больше - difference * or under одним различием больше или меньше указывает на избыток или высшую степень качества чрезвычайно, сверх - she is not * strong она не очень-то сильна - he is * polite он в высшей степени вежливый человек - he is * tried он переутомлен - do not be * shy не будьте слишком застенчивы указывает на измерение по диаметру или поперек: в - a board a foot * доска в один фут в диаметре в сочетаниях: - * against напротив - Dover is * against Calais Дувр расположен против Кале против, по сравнению - to set truth * against falsehood противопоставить правду лжи - all * (эмоционально-усилительно) типичный (для кого-либо) - that rudeness is George all * такая грубость характерна для Джорджа - she is her mother all * она точная копия своей матери, она вся в мать - he's French all * он вылитый француз - * with (разговорное) сделанный, законченный - let's hurry and get the job * with давай(те) поторопимся и закончим наше дело - it is all * with him с ним все кончено;
    он погиб;
    он разорен - that's * and done with с этим все покончено, это предано забвению - * and above к тому же, кроме того, вдобавок к - * and above, he is younger than you и к тому же он моложе вас - * and above слишком, чересчур - it is not done * and above well сделано это не слишком-то хорошо указывает на нахождение или движение над каким-либо предметом: над - the roof * one's head крыша над головой - a sign * the entrance вывеска над входом - to bend * smb., smth. наклониться над кем-либо, чем-либо - heavy fog hung * the city над городом висел густой туман - a flight * the ocean полет над океаном указывает на положение на каком-либо предмете или поверх него: на - his hat was pulled low * his eyes его шляпа была низко надвинута на глаза - his hand was * his heart он держал руку на сердце - her hand closed * his она сжала его руку - the water came * his knees вода доходила ему до колен указывает на положение поперек чего-либо: через - a bridge * a river мост через реку - he had a towel * his shoulder через плечо у него было перекинуто полотенце указывает на местоположение по другую сторону чего-либо по ту сторону, за - * the river за рекой - * the sea за морем;
    за пределами страны, за границей - a city * the border город по ту сторону границы - to sell smth. * the counter тоговать чем-либо за прилавком - we heard voices * the wall за стеной были слышны голоса указывает на положение у, около чего-либо: у - to sit * the fire сидеть у огня указывает на надевание, натягивание чехла: на - to throw a sheet * the bad покрыть кровать простыней - to spread a cloth * the table постелить на (стол) скатерть - she put an apron * her dress она надела передник на платье - he drew the blanket * him он натянул на себя одеяло указывает на движение через что-либо, по чему-либо или через какое-либо препятствие: через, по - * the border через границу - to leap * smth. перепрыгнуть через что-либо - to help smb. * the road помочь кому-либо перейти дорогу - to go * the bridge перейти через мост - they looked * his shoulder into the room они заглядывали в комнату через плечо - she fell * a stone она упала, споткнувшись о камень - she stumbled * her words она говорила запинаясь указывает на движение или распространение по какой-либо поверхности в определенных или разных направлениях: по, на - he travelled * Europe он путешествовал по Европе - all * the north of England по всей северной Англии - all * the world по всему свету - to motor * a new route ехать на машине по новой дороге - it snowed all * the valley в долине повсюду шел снег - a smile stole * his face на лице его промелькнула улыбка - he spread the butter * a slice of bread он намазал ломтик хлеба маслом - winter settled * the mountains в горах наступила зима указывает на прикосновение к поверхности чего-либо: по - he ran his hand * the machine он провел рукой по машине - he rubbed his hand * his cheek он потер щеку рукой - his hands moved * the papers on the table он перебирал бумаги на столе - his fountain-pen drove briskly * the paper его перо быстро и легко скользило по бумаге - he ran his eyes * the letter он пробежал глазами письмо - the breeze from the window poured * him на него подуло из окна указывает на период протекания действия: в течение, за - * a long term of years в течение долгих лет - * a period of years в течение ряда лет - * the last two days за последние два дня указывает на включение в действие какого-либо момента, отрезка времени: включая;
    до - can you stay * the week-end? можете ли вы остаться до понедельника - the meeting was adjourned * the holidays совещание было прервано с тем, чтобы возобновиться после праздника указывает на протекание действия во время какого-либо занятия: за - he fell asleep * his work он заснул за работой - we'll discuss it * our dinner мы обсудим это за обедом - they sat * their coffee они сидели за кофе - how long will he be * it? сколько времени у него это займет? указывает на большее количество: свыше, сверх, больше - * a mile больше мили - * fifty millions свыше пятидесяти миллионов указывает на больший возраст, время: больше - he is * twenty ему больше двадцати (лет) - he spoke * an hour он говорил больше часа указывает на более высокое положение, преимущество, преобладание, господство, власть: над - superiority * smb. превосходство над кем-либо - an advantage * smb. преимущество перед кем-либо - to triumph * smth. восторжествовать над чем-либо - to rule * smth. управлять чем-либо - she has no control * her temper она не умеет сдерживаться - he has no command * himself он собой не владеет указывает на более высокий ранг, положение: выше, старше - a colonel is * a lieutenant полковник по чину старше лейтенанта - he is * me in the office он мой начальник указывает на предмет мысли, спора о, относительно, по поводу, касательно - a dispute * smth. спор о чем-либо - to quarrel * a matter собираться по поводу чего-либо - there was disagreement * the agenda при обсуждении повестки дня возникли разногласия - to think * smth. обдумывать что-либо, думать над чем-либо - to laugh * smth. смеяться над чем-либо - don't concern yourself * the expenses о расходах не беспокойтесь - he is worried * his health он обеспокоен своим здоровьем указывает на предмет рассмотрения, просмотра - часто передается глагольной приставкой про- - to go * smb.'s notes (внимательно) прочесть чьи-либо заметки - to go * details вспомнить все подробности - he went * everything in his pockets он тщательно проверил все, что у него было в карманах указывает на преодоление трудностей, препятствий - to get * difficulties справиться с трудностями - I got * my cold quickly я быстро оправился от простуды - we're * the worst самое худшее уже позади указывает на способ передвижения, пересылки, передачи: по - * the air по воздуху - * the radio по радио - to talk * the telephone (по) говорить по телефону указывает на лицо, с которым что-либо просходит или случается - depression crept * him им овладело уныние - a feeling of relief came * him он почувствовал облегчение - a change came * him он изменился - what has come * you? (разговорное) что (это) на вас нашло? > it is * my head это выше моего понимания > * head and ears, head * ears по уши;
    по горло > to be head * ears in love быть безумно влюбленным > to be head * ears in work быть по горло занятым работой > head * heels кувырком, вверх ногами;
    вверх тормашками > * the left как раз наоборот > it will suit you perfectly well. - O. the left! это вам очень подойдет. - Скажете тоже! > * the signature of smb., * smb.'s signature за подписью кого-либо, за чьей-либо подписью ~ prep указывает на характер движения: по, по всей поверхности;
    over the whole country, all over the country по всей стране assume control ~ брать на себя контроль ~ prep указывает на взаимное положение предметов: через;
    a bridge over the river мост через реку changing ~ перемена местами he is ~ polite он чрезвычайно любезен;
    children of fourteen and over дети четырнадцати лет и старше to flow ~ the edge бежать через край;
    to stumble over a stone споткнуться о камень ~ prep указывает на превосходство в положении, старшинство и т. п. над;
    a general is over a colonel генерал старше по чину, чем полковник take it ~ to the post-office отнеси-ка это на почту;
    hand it over to them передай-ка им это they want a good chief ~ them им нужен хороший начальник;
    he is over me in the office он мой начальник по службе he is ~ polite он чрезвычайно любезен;
    children of fourteen and over дети четырнадцати лет и старше ~ prep указывает на характер движения: через, о;
    he jumped over the ditch он перепрыгнул через канаву a village ~ the river деревня по ту сторону реки;
    he lives over the way он живет через дорогу he packed ~ two hours он собрался за два часа;
    to stay over the whole week оставаться в течение всей недели ~ prep указывает на характер движения: поверх, на;
    he pulled his hat over his eyes он надвинул шляпу на глаза pull: ~ надвигать, натягивать;
    he pulled his hat over his eyes он нахлобучил шляпу на глаза hills covered all ~ with snow холмы, сплошь покрытые снегом;
    paint the wall over покрась всю стену ~ prep указывает на источник, средство и т. п. через, через посредство, по;
    I heard it over the radio я слышал это по радио over вдобавок, сверх, слишком, чересчур;
    I paid my bill and had five shillings over я заплатил по счету, и у меня еще осталось пять шиллингов ~ and above с лихвой;
    it can stand over это может подождать;
    that is Tom all over это так характерно для Тома, это так похоже на Тома ~ указывает на окончание, прекращение действия: the meeting is over собрание окончено;
    it is all over все кончено;
    все пропало ~ снова, вновь, еще раз;
    the work is badly done, it must be done over работа сделана плохо, ее нужно переделать ~ указывает на движение через (что-л.), передается приставками пере-, вы;
    to jump over перепрыгнуть ~ имеет усилительное значение: over there вон там;
    let him come over here пусть-ка он придет сюда ~ указывает на окончание, прекращение действия: the meeting is over собрание окончено;
    it is all over все кончено;
    все пропало ~ against по сравнению с;
    over and over( again) много раз, снова и снова ~ against против, напротив ~ and above в добавление, к тому же ~ and above с лихвой;
    it can stand over это может подождать;
    that is Tom all over это так характерно для Тома, это так похоже на Тома ~ against по сравнению с;
    over and over (again) много раз, снова и снова ~ fine millions свыше пяти миллионов;
    she is over fifty ей за пятьдесят ~ prep указывает на взаимное положение предметов: над, выше;
    over our heads над нашими головами ~ our heads сверх, выше нашего понимания;
    over our heads разг. не посоветовавшись с нами ~ our heads сверх, выше нашего понимания;
    over our heads разг. не посоветовавшись с нами ~ prep указывает на характер движения: по, по всей поверхности;
    over the whole country, all over the country по всей стране ~ имеет усилительное значение: over there вон там;
    let him come over here пусть-ка он придет сюда ~ prep указывает на количественное или числовое превышение свыше, сверх, больше;
    over two years больше двух лет hills covered all ~ with snow холмы, сплошь покрытые снегом;
    paint the wall over покрась всю стену pass ~ передавать pass: ~ over хим. дистиллироваться ~ over обходить молчанием ~ over оставлять без внимания ~ over перевозить ~ over передавать ~ over передавать ~ over переправлять ~ over пропускать, оставлять без внимания;
    обходить молчанием (тж. pass over in silence) ~ over пропускать ~ over проходить;
    переправляться ~ over умереть preside ~ председательствовать на ~ указывает на доведение действия до конца;
    передается приставкой про-;
    to read the story over прочитать рассказ до конца;
    to think over продумать ~ fine millions свыше пяти миллионов;
    she is over fifty ей за пятьдесят ~ prep относительно, касательно;
    to talk over the matter говорить относительно этого дела;
    she was all over him она не знала, как угодить ему snow is falling ~ the north of England на севере Англии идет снег he packed ~ two hours он собрался за два часа;
    to stay over the whole week оставаться в течение всей недели to flow ~ the edge бежать через край;
    to stumble over a stone споткнуться о камень to swim ~ переплыть;
    to boil over разг. убегать( о молоке и т. п.) take it ~ to the post-office отнеси-ка это на почту;
    hand it over to them передай-ка им это ~ prep относительно, касательно;
    to talk over the matter говорить относительно этого дела;
    she was all over him она не знала, как угодить ему ~ and above с лихвой;
    it can stand over это может подождать;
    that is Tom all over это так характерно для Тома, это так похоже на Тома they want a good chief ~ them им нужен хороший начальник;
    he is over me in the office он мой начальник по службе ~ prep указывает на взаимное положение предметов: у, при, за;
    they were sitting over the fire они сидели у камина ~ указывает на доведение действия до конца;
    передается приставкой про-;
    to read the story over прочитать рассказ до конца;
    to think over продумать think: ~ постоянно думать, мечтать;
    think out продумать до конца;
    think over обсудить, обдумать a village ~ the river деревня по ту сторону реки;
    he lives over the way он живет через дорогу ~ снова, вновь, еще раз;
    the work is badly done, it must be done over работа сделана плохо, ее нужно переделать

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > over

  • 3 praepono

    prae-pōno, pŏsui, pŏsĭtum, 3 (old perf. praeposivi, Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 11.—Sync. form praepostus, Lucr. 6, 999), v. a., to put or set before, to place first (syn.: praefero, praeficio).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    versus, in primā fronte libelli,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 7, 33:

    praeponens ultima primis,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 59; Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:

    oportet, ut aedibus ac templis vestibula et aditus, sic causis principia proportione rerum praeponere,

    id. de Or. 2, 79, 320:

    de quā priusquam respondeo, pauca praeponam,

    I will first make a few observations, id. Fam. 11, 27, 1.—
    B.
    In partic., to place or set over as chief, commander, or superintendent, to place at the head of, intrust with the charge or command of; to appoint or depute as:

    unum illum ex omnibus delegistis, quem bello praedonum praeponeretis,

    to appoint commander in the war, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 63:

    hibernis Labienum praeposuit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 54:

    sinistro cornu Antonium praeposuerat,

    id. B. C. 3, 89:

    aliquem provinciae,

    to appoint as governor, Cic. Fam. 2, 15, 4:

    negotio,

    to charge with the management of an affair, id. ib. 15, 4, 10:

    navibus,

    to appoint admiral, id. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 101:

    vectigalibus,

    to appoint minister of finance, Tac. A. 15, 18:

    Bibulus toti officio maritimo praepositus,

    superintendent of all maritime affairs, Caes. B. C. 3, 5:

    praepositus cubiculo,

    chamberlain, Suet. Dom. 16:

    sacerdos oraculo praeposita,

    that presides over, Cic. Div. 1, 34, 76:

    aliquem custodem alicui loco,

    to appoint keeper of a place, Ov. Tr. 3, 1, 67:

    illum exercitibus,

    Juv. 10, 92.—
    C.
    To place or set upon:

    fronti praeponere olivam,

    Hor. C. 1, 7, 7 (cf.: [p. 1426] comis praetexere frondes, Sen. Med. 70).—
    II.
    Trop., to set before or above, to prefer:

    lucrum praeposivi sopori et quieti,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 11:

    se alteri,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 59:

    salutem rei publicae vitae suae,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 15:

    amicitiam patriae,

    id. Rab. Perd. 8, 23:

    necessaria gloriosis,

    Vell. 2, 110, 3:

    multum mihi praestat, si me Mazaeo generum praeponit,

    Curt. 4, 11, 20:

    Prochytam Suburrae,

    Juv. 3, 5.—Hence, praepŏsĭtus, a, um, P. a.—As subst.
    A.
    praepŏsĭtus, i, m., a prefect, president, head, chief, overseer, director, commander:

    legatorum tuorum,

    Cic. Pis. 36, 88; Tac. H. 1, 36:

    quod (milites) praepositos suos occiderant,

    Suet. Oth. 1: rerum curae Caesaris, director, S. C. ap. Plin. Ep. 8, 6, 13:

    aquarum,

    water-inspector, Front. Aquaed. 17; 100; 117:

    cubiculi,

    a chamberlain, Amm. 14, 10, 5.—Of the governor of a province; with dat.:

    Illyrico, Dalmatiae, etc.,

    Vell. 2, 112, 2; 2, 116, 2; absol., Suet. Galb. 12; 16; id. Oth. 1 al.; Vulg. Act. 7, 10.—
    B.
    praepŏsĭta, ae, f. (eccl. Lat.), a prioress or abbess, Aug. Civ. Dei, 21, 8; id. Ep. 211.—
    C.
    With the Stoics, praepŏsĭta, ōrum, n., for the Gr. proêgmena, preferable or advantageous things, but which are not to be called absolutely good; such as wealth, beauty, etc. (class.): ista bona non dico, sed dicam Graece proêgmena, Latine autem producta:

    sed praeposita, aut praecipua malo,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 26, 72 sq.:

    bonum negas esse divitias, praepositum esse dicis,

    id. ib. 4, 26, 73; cf.

    also,

    id. ib. 3, 16, 52; 54.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > praepono

  • 4 praeficio

    prae-fĭcĭo, fēci, fectum, 3, v. a. [facio], to set over any thing (as officer, superintendent, leader, etc.), to place in authority over, place at the head, appoint to the command of.
    I.
    Lit. (freq. and class.; cf.:

    praepono, praefero): te cum securi caudicali praeficio provinciae,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 25:

    praefeci rure recte qui curet tamen,

    id. Cas. 1, 1, 17:

    aliquem pecori,

    Cic. Planc. 25, 62:

    certum magistratum alicui procurationi,

    id. Leg. 2, 26, 66:

    imperatorem bello,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 49:

    tantis rebus,

    id. ib. 10, 27:

    legatos legionibus,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 24:

    pontifices sacris,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 14, 26:

    aliquem sacerdotio Neptuni,

    Plin. 9, 8, 8, § 27:

    libertos rationibus, libellis et epistulis,

    Tac. A. 6, 8:

    aliquem provinciae,

    id. ib. 13, 46;

    2, 4: aliquem classi,

    Nep. Milt. 4, 1; Liv. 35, 42 et saep.:

    lucis Avernis,

    Verg. A. 6, 118:

    Juno sacris praefecta maritis,

    Ov. H. 12, 87:

    in eo exercitu inimici mei fratrem praefecerat,

    had given him a command, Cic. Sest. 18, 41. —
    II.
    Trop., to set over, etc. (rare): nec locus nec materia invenitur, cui divinationem praeficere possimus, Cic. Div. 2, 4, 12. —Hence, as subst.: praefectus, i, m., an overseer, director, president, chief, commander, prefect.
    A.
    In gen.:

    gumnasi praefecto poenas pendere,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 22:

    villae,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 17 fin.:

    tu (censor) es praefectus moribus,

    Cic. Clu. 46, 129; cf.:

    praefectus morum,

    Nep. Hamilc. 3, 2:

    nec vero mulieribus praefectus praeponatur,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 6, 16 (Non. 499, 13); cf. Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 30:

    cum praefectus custodum quaesisset, etc.,

    Nep. Eum. 11, 1:

    his utitur quasi praefectis libidinum suarum,

    Cic. Red. in Sen. 6, 15.—
    B.
    In partic., as a title of particular civil or military officers, a president, superintendent, commander, governor, etc.:

    praefectus aerarii or aerario,

    a treasurer, Plin. Ep. 3, 4, 2; id. Pan. 92; Gell. 13, 24, 30; Capitol. Gord. 4: annonae, a superintendent of grain or of the markets, Tac. A. 11, 31; Inscr. Orell. 1084; 1186; 1091;

    3169: castrorum or castris,

    an officer who attended to the pitching of the camp and all matters connected therewith, a quartermaster, Vell. 2, 112, 6; 119, 4; 120, 4; Tac. A. 14, 37; 1, 20; cf. Veg. Mil. 2, 10:

    classis,

    an admiral, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89; Liv. 26, 48; 36, 20; 42; Flor. 3, 7; afterwards also for a captain of a ship, Tac. H. 3, 12; Veg. Mil. 4, 32; Inscr. Orell. 3596;

    who was formerly called praefectus navis: dextrum cornu praefectos navium ad terram explicare jubet,

    Liv. 36, 44; Flor. 2, 5: fabrūm, in the army, a superintendent of the military engines, chief engineer, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, C, 2; id. B. C. 1, 24, 4; Nep. Att. 12, 4; Vell. 2, 76, 1; Plin. 36, 6, 7, § 48; Inscr. Orell. 4906;

    in the free towns and colonies,

    a superintendent of public works, ib. 516: equitum, a commander of the cavalry, as we say, a colonel or general of cavalry, Hirt. B. G. 8, 12; Vell. 2, 24, 1;

    called also simply praefectus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 3, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 7; cf.

    cohortium,

    Sall. J. 46, 7: legionis, in the time of the emperors, the same that was previously called legatus legionis, a commander of the legion, i. q. our colonel, Tac. H. 1, 82; Suet. Claud. 12; id. Galb. 11; 14; id. Calig. 56; id. Ner. 21; Inscr. Grut. 465, 2; cf. Veg. Mil. 2, 9:

    praefectus regis or regius,

    a commander-in-chief, generalissimo, Liv. 36, 11; Sall. J. 46, 5; Nep. Alcib. 5, 2; id. Ages. 2, 3; cf. Flor. 3, 5; 11:

    praefectus praetorio and praetorii, in the time of the emperors,

    a commander of the imperial body - guard, pretorian prefect, Tac. A. 1, 24; id. H. 1, 13; 19; Dig. 1, 11 et saep.; in later times, a governor of a province of the Roman empire: praefectus urbi or urbis, governor of the city of Rome, in the times of the republic, appointed only to represent the consul during the latter's absence; under the emperors, a perpetual office with a particular jurisdiction, Varr. ap. Gell. 14, 7; Tac. A. 6, 10; 11; Plin. 11, 38, 90, § 223; Suet. Aug. 33; Inscr. Orell. 3153 sq.:

    vigilum or vigilibus,

    a captain of the watch, Dig. 1, 15, 3; 47, 2, 58; Inscr. Orell. 801; 1088; 1929:

    Aegypti,

    the governor of the province of Egypt, Suet. Aug. 18; 66; id. Vesp. 6; Dig. 1, 17; Inscr. Orell. 709; 3651; so,

    Lydiae, Ioniae, totiusque Phrygiae,

    Nep. Dat. 2, 5:

    Alpium,

    Plin. 10, 48, 68, § 134; Inscr. Grut. 287, 7.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > praeficio

  • 5 decanus

    dĕcānus, i, m. [decem].
    I.
    A chief of ten, one set over ten persons (late Lat.).
    A.
    Over soldiers, Veg. Mil. 2, 8.—
    B.
    Over monks, a dean, Hier. Ep. 22, no. 35.—
    C.
    The chief of the corpse-bearers, Cod. Just. 1, 2, 4; 9.—
    D.
    As a judge, Vulg. Exod. 18, 21; Deut. 1, 15.—
    II. III.
    In astrology, the chief of ten parts of a zodiacal sign, Firm. Math. 2, 4.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > decanus

  • 6 προΐστημι

    προΐστημι, [tense] fut. - στήσω: [tense] aor. 1 προὔστησα, part. προστήσας, inf. προστῆσαι.
    A Causal in these tenses, as also in [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med., set before, once in Hom.,

    προστήσας [σε] πρὸ Ἀχαιῶν Τρωσὶ μάχεσθαι Il.4.156

    : c. gen., π. τὸ σῶμα τοῦ σκοποῦ put his body in the way, Antipho 3.2.4 (dub. l.), cf. Plb.1.33.7.
    2 set over, ὃν ἡ πόλις ἀξιοῖ αὑτῆς προϊστάναι, v.l. for -εστάναι, Pl.La. 197d.
    3 exhibit publicly, prostitute,

    π. ἐπ' οἰκημάτων D.Chr.7.133

    .
    II [voice] Med., mostly [tense] aor. 1, put another before oneself, choose as one's leader, Hdt.1.123, 4.80: c. gen.,

    προΐστασθαι τουτονὶ ἑαυτοῦ

     take as one's guardian,

    Pl.R. 565c

    , cf. 442a (cj.), 599a, D.59.37;

    σφῶν αὐτῶν προὐστήσαντο τιμωρὸν γενέσθαι Κηφίσιον And.1.139

    ;

    στρατηγόν τινα τοῦ πολέμου π. D.Prooem. 21

    .
    2 put before one, put in front,

    σκίπωνα προστήσασθαι Hdt.4.172

    ;

    τὰ ἅρματα X.HG4.1.18

    ; τὴν χεῖρα, so as to shade the eyes, Arist.Pr. 960a21.
    3 metaph., put forward as an excuse or pretence, use as a screen,

    τί τάδε προὐστήσω λόγῳ; E.Cyc. 319

    ;

    τὰ τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνωνδόγματα προστήσασθαι D.5.19

    , etc.: c. gen., [

    τὴν ἀτυχίαν] τῆς κακουργίας προϊστάμενος Antipho 2.3.1

    ;

    τοῦ ἀγῶνος τὴν πρὸς ἔμ' ἔχθραν προΐσταται D.18.15

    .
    4 προστησώμεθα Τύρταιον put him forward, cite him as an authority, Pl.Lg. 629a.
    7 manifest, ib. 195, al.
    B [voice] Pass., with [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Act. προὔστην: [tense] pf. προέστηκα, [ per.] 2pl.

    προέστατε Hdt.5.49

    ; inf. προεστάναι, part. προεστώς (v. infr.): [tense] fut. [tense] pf. προεστήξομαι, v. infr. 11.2:—[tense] aor. [voice] Pass. προεστάθην, v. infr.11.3:—come forward, v.l. for προς- in D.60.15.
    2 c.acc., approach as a suppliant,

    ἥ σε.. λιπαρεῖ προὔστην χερί S.El. 1378

    ; προστῆναι μέσην τράπεζαν dub. in Id.Fr.660.1 (fort. προσβῆναι):—in Hdt.1.86, προσστῆναι is restored.
    4 stand in public, be a prostitute, Aeschin.Ep.7.3, Vett. Val.16.7.
    II c. gen., to be set over, be at the head of,

    τῆς Ἑλλάδος Hdt.1.69

    , 5.49;

    τῶν Ἀρκάδων τοὺς προεστεῶτας Id.6.74

    ; esp. to be chief or leader of a party, τῶν παράλων, τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου, Id.1.59;

    τοῦ δήμου Id.3.82

    , Th.3.70, Lys. 13.7;

    ἡμῶν Ar.V. 419

    ;

    τῆς πόλεως Th.2.65

    ; π. αὐτῶν to be their ringleader, X.An.6.2.9; π. χοροῦ, στρατεύματος, Id.Mem.3.4.3; π. τῶν πολιτειῶν head the respective parties in the state, Lys.25.9, etc.: abs., οἱ προεστῶτες, [dialect] Ion. -εῶτες, the leading men,

    τῶν σκυθέων Hdt.4.79

    , cf. Th.3.11, etc.;

    οἱ προεστηκότες ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι X.HG 3.5.1

    ; οἱ ἐν ταῖς

    πόλεσι προστάντες Th.3.82

    ;

    τῷ προεστῶτι καὶ ἄρχοντι Pl.R. 428e

    .
    2 in various relations, govern, direct, οὐκ ὀρθῶς σεωυτοῦ προέστηκας you do not manage yourself well, Hdt.2.173;

    π. τῆς μεταβολῆς Th.8.75

    ;

    τοῦ ἱεροῦ X.HG3.2.31

    ;

    τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ βίου Id.Mem.3.2.2

    ;

    τοῦ πράγματος D.30.18

    ;

    προεστήξομαι τῆς χωνεύσεως PCair.Zen.481.9

     (iii B. C.); ἐργασίας, τέχνης, Plu.Per.24, Ath.13.612a;

    π. ἐνδόξου καὶ καλῆς αἱρέσεως OGI219.3

     (Ilium, iii B. C.).
    3 stand before so as to guard,

    οἱ δορυφόροι Μασίστεω προέστησαν Hdt.9.107

    , cf. E. Heracl. 306, etc.: hence, support, succour,

    πρόστητ' ἀναγκαίας τύχης S.Aj. 803

    ; ὁ προστὰς τῆς εἰρήνης the champion of peace, Aeschin.2.161; πάντων προστᾶσα [ δύναμις] Pl.Ti. 25b; π. τινός to be his protector, GDI1726.6 (Delph., ii B. C.), PFay.13.5 (ii B. C.);

    τῆς ἐναντίας π. γνώμης Plb.5.5.8

    ;

    τοῖσιν ἐχθροῖς προὐστήτην φόνου

     were the authors of..,

    S.El. 980

    ; π. [ νόσου] E.Andr. 221: abs.,

    βέλεα.. ἀρωγὰ προσταθέντα S.OT 206

    (lyr.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προΐστημι

  • 7 prae-sum

        prae-sum fuī, esse,    to be before, be set over, preside over, rule, have charge of, command, superintend: in provinciā, govern: omnibus Druidibus, Cs.: provinciae, S.: censor factus, severe praefuit ei potestati, N.: exercitui, Cs.: artificio: vigiliis, S.: statuis faciendis: moenibus urbis, protect, O. —To be chief, take the lead: non enim paruit ille Ti. Gracchi temeritati, sed praefuit: crudelitati.

    Latin-English dictionary > prae-sum

  • 8 praesum

    (α).
    With dat.:

    omnibus Druidibus praeest unus,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 12:

    qui oppido praeerat,

    id. ib. 2, 6:

    regionibus,

    id. ib. 5, 22:

    provinciae,

    Sall. C. 42, 3:

    censor factus, severe praefuit ei potestati,

    Nep. Cat. 2, 3:

    classi,

    to have the command of the fleet, Caes. B. C. 3, 25:

    exercitui,

    id. ib. 3, 57:

    alicui negotio,

    to have charge of it, to carry it on, id. ib. 3, 61:

    ei studio,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 55, 235:

    artificio,

    id. Fin. 4, 27, 76:

    vigiliis,

    to superintend, Sall. C. 30, 6:

    regiis opibus,

    Nep. Con. 4, 3:

    rebus regiis,

    id. Phoc. 3, 4:

    statuis faciendis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 59, § 144:

    aedibus, i. e. aedilem esse,

    Dig. 1, 2, 2: mercimoniis, Cod. 5, 5, 7.—
    (β).
    Absol.:

    praeesse in provinciā,

    to be governor, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 77, § 180.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    To be the chief person, to take the lead in any thing:

    non enim paruit ille Ti. Gracchi temeritati, sed praefuit,

    Cic. Lael. 11, 37:

    qui non solum interfuit his rebus, sed etiam praefuit,

    id. Fam. 1, 8, 1:

    illi crudelitati non solum praeesse, verum etiam interesse,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 7.—
    B.
    To protect, defend ( poet.):

    stant quoque pro nobis, et praesunt moenibus Urbis,

    Ov. F. 5, 135.—Hence, praesens, entis ( abl. sing. of persons usually praesente; of things, praesenti), adj.
    A.
    That is before one, in sight or at hand, present, in person (rarely of the immediate presence of the speaker or writer, for which the proper case of hic is used; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 908, and v. infra):

    assum praesens praesenti tibi,

    I am with you, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 27: non quia ades praesens, dico hoc, because you happen to be present, Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 39:

    quo praesente,

    in whose presence, Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 112:

    quod adest quodque praesens est,

    id. Off. 1, 4, 11; so,

    nihil nisi praesens et quod adest,

    id. Fin. 1, 17, 55:

    vivi atque praesentes,

    id. Off. 1, 44, 156:

    praesens tecum egi,

    myself, in person, id. Fam. 2, 7, 4:

    perinde ac si ipse interfuerit, et praesens viderit,

    id. Inv. 1, 54, 104:

    praesens sermo,

    communication by word of mouth, id. Q. Fr. 2, 8, 1:

    praesens in praesentem multa dixerat,

    id. Att. 11, 12, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 34: praesente for praesentibus (ante-class.): praesente amicis, Pompon. ap. Don. ad Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 7; so, testibus, id. ap. Non. 154, 17:

    his,

    Att. ib. 154, 19:

    suis,

    Fenest. ib. 154, 20:

    omnibus,

    Nov. ib. 154, 23: legatis, Varr. ap. Don. Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 7: nobis, Ter. ib.—
    2.
    Esp., of time:

    narratio praeteritarum rerum aut praesentium,

    Cic. Part. Or. 4, 13:

    non solum inopia praesentis, sed etiam futuri temporis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 52 init.:

    praesens tempus futuri metu perdere,

    Sen. Ep. 24, 1:

    tempus enim tribus partibus constat, praeterito, praesente, futuro,

    id. ib. 124, 17.—Esp. in opp. to other times referred to:

    quanta tempestas invidiae nobis si minus in praesens tempus... at in posteritatem impendeat,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    et reliqui temporis recuperandi ratio, et praesentis tuendi,

    id. Att. 8, 9, 3:

    et consiliorum superiorum conscientiā et praesentis temporis moderatione me consoler,

    id. Fam. 9, 16, 6; id. Fl. 1, 3.—Very rarely alone, of the times of the writer or speaker. as opp. to the times of which he speaks:

    quod pietas principis nostri praesentium quoque temporum decus fecit,

    Quint. 3, 7, 9:

    vive moribus praeteritis, loquere verbis praesentibus,

    now in use, Gell. 1, 10, 4.—Also of a time spoken of, present to the mind, existing:

    movit Scipionem cum fortuna pristina viri, praesenti fortunae conlata,

    Liv. 30, 13, 8:

    populo erat persuasum, et adversas superiores et praesentes secundas res accidisse, etc.,

    Nep. Alcib. 6, 2:

    praetor factus non solum praesenti bello,

    id. Them. 2, 1:

    et praesens aetas et posteritas deinde mirata est,

    Curt. 9, 10, 28:

    praesentem saevitiam melioris olim fortunae recordatione allevabant,

    Tac. A. 14, 63: in praesens tempus, and more freq. absol., in praesens, for the present:

    pleraque differat, et praesens in tempus omittat,

    Hor. A. P. 44; so (opp. in posteritatem) Cic. Cat 1, 9, 22:

    si fortuna in praesens deseruit,

    Tac. H. 4, 58; cf.:

    laetus in praesens animus,

    Hor. C. 2, 16, 25: ad praesens tempus, or simply ad praesens, for the present:

    Harpagus ad praesens tempus dissimulato dolore,

    for the moment, Just. 1, 5, 7:

    quod factum aspere acceptum ad praesens, mox, etc.,

    at the time, Tac. A. 4, 31; 40:

    munimentum ad praesens, in posterum ultionem,

    id. H. 1, 44; Suet. Tit. 6:

    vocem adimere ad praesens,

    for a short time, Plin. 8, 22, 34, § 80: praesenti tempore and in praesenti, at present, now:

    praesenti tempore,

    Ov. F. 3, 478:

    haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut speres,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4:

    in praesenti,

    Nep. Att. 12, 5; Liv. 34, 35, 11.—Prov.: praesenti fortuna pejor est futuri metus, Ps.-Quint. Decl. 12, 15.— Subst.: praesentĭa, ĭum, n., present circumstances, the present state of affairs:

    cum hortatur ferenda esse praesentia,

    Suet. Aug. 87:

    praesentia sequi,

    Tac. H. 4, 59:

    ex praeteritis enim aestimari solent praesentia,

    Quint. 5, 10, 28:

    sed penitus haerens amor fastidio praesentium accensus est,

    Curt. 8, 3, 6.—Esp., in phrase in praesentia (sc. tempora), for the present, at this time, under present circumstances:

    hoc video in praesentia opus esse,

    Cic. Att. 15, 20, 4:

    providere quid oneris in praesentia tollant,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 1:

    quae in praesentia in mentem mihi venerunt,

    id. Fam. 4, 5, 1; id. Fin. 5, 8, 21; Liv. 31, 22, 8; 33, 27, 10; 33, 28, 6; Tac. Agr. 31; 39; Suet. Tib. 22; id. Claud. 4; Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 14; Plin. 12, 3, 7, § 14.—Very rarely in praesentia, at hand, on hand, on the spot:

    id quod in praesentia vestimentorum fuit, arripuit,

    Nep. Alcib. 10, 5; cf.: in re praesenti, infra: in rem praesentem venire, to go to the place itself, go to the very spot, for the sake of a closer examination, Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 250:

    in rem praesentem venias oportet, quia homines amplius oculis quam auribus credunt,

    Sen. Ep. 6, 5: in rem praesentem perducere audientes, to transport one's hearers to the very spot, Quint. 4, 2, 123: in re praesenti, in the place itself, on the spot:

    in re praesenti, ex copiā piscariā consulere, quid emam, aequom est,

    when I am on the spot, Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65; Liv. 40, 9:

    eodem anno inter populum Carthaginiensem et regem Masinissam in re praesenti disceptatores Romani de agro fuerunt,

    id. 40, 17; Quint. 6, 2, 31:

    praesenti bello,

    while war is raging, Nep. Them. 2, 1; so sup.:

    quod praesentissimis quibusque periculis desit,

    Quint. 10, 7, 1; and comp.:

    jam praesentior res erat,

    Liv. 2, 36, 5.—
    B.
    That happens or is done immediately, immediate, instant, prompt, ready, direct:

    praesens poena sit,

    the punishment might be instant, Cic. Div. 2, 59, 122:

    preces,

    immediate, not delayed, Prop. 2, 23, 64 (3, 28, 12):

    mercari praesenti pecuniā,

    with ready money, cash, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 8; Cic. Clu. 12, 34:

    numerare praesentes denarios ducentos,

    Petr. 109:

    nummi,

    id. 137:

    supplicium,

    instant execution, Tac. A. 1, 38:

    Maelium praesenti morte multavit,

    Flor. 1, 26:

    praesens debitum,

    Dig. 12, 1, 9; 20, 1, 13: praesenti die dari, in ready money:

    quoties in obligationibus dies non ponitur, praesenti die pecunia debetur,

    ib. 45, 1, 41:

    libertatem aut praesenti die, aut sub condicione dare,

    ib. 28, 7, 22.—Hence, adv.: prae-sens (opp. in diem), forthwith, immediately:

    si, cum in diem mihi deberetur, fraudator praesens solverit,

    in ready money, in cash, Dig. 42, 9, 10:

    quod vel praesens vel ex die dari potest,

    ib. 7, 1, 4.—
    C.
    That operates immediately or quickly, instant, prompt, efficacious, powerful (i. q. valens):

    praesens auxilium oblatum est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 107:

    non ulla magis praesens fortuna laborum est,

    no more effective cure for their troubles, Verg. G. 3, 452:

    quo non praesentius ullum, Pocula si quando saevae infecere novercae,

    id. ib. 2, 127:

    si quid praesentius audes,

    more effective, bolder, id. A. 12, 152:

    praesentissimum remedium,

    Col. 6, 14; Plin. 28, 5, 14, § 53.—With objectclause:

    o diva... Praesens vel imo tollere de gradu Mortale corpus, vel, etc.,

    mighty, able, Hor. C. 1, 35, 2.—
    D.
    Of disposition or character, present, collected, resolute:

    animo virili praesentique ut sis, para,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 64:

    si cui virtus animusque in pectore praesens,

    Verg. A. 5, 363:

    animus acer et praesens,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    non plures, sed etiam praesentioribus animis,

    Liv. 31, 46:

    praesentissimo animo pugnare, Auct. B. Alex. 40: Crassus, ut praesens ingenio semper respondit,

    Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 4.—
    E.
    Present, aiding, favoring, propitious:

    Hercules tantus, et tam praesens habetur deus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; id. N. D. 2, 2, 6; 3, 5, 11:

    deus,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 31; cf.:

    tu dea, tu praesens, nostro succurre labori,

    Verg. A. 9, 404:

    modo diva triformis Adjuvet, et praesens ingentibus adnuat ausis,

    Ov. M. 7, 178.— Comp.:

    nihil illo (praesagio) praesentius,

    Flor. 4, 7, 9.—
    F.
    Appropriate, pertinent, timely:

    praesens hic quidemst apologus,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 38; cf.:

    en hercle praesens somnium,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 41.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > praesum

  • 9 decanus

    dean; chief of ten, one set over ten persons/soldiers/monks; imperial officer

    Latin-English dictionary > decanus

  • 10 ἐπιστάτης

    -ου + ὁ N 1 2-5-2-0-4=13 Ex 1,11; 5,14; 1 Kgs 2,35h(9,23); 5,30
    one who is set over, chief, commander Ex 5,14; clerk Ex 1,11; overseer, superintendent 2 Chr 2,1 Cf. GLOMBITZA 1958, 275-278; LE BOULLUEC 1989, 33; →TWNT

    Lust (λαγνεία) > ἐπιστάτης

  • 11 ἐπιστάτης

    A one who stands near or by: hence, like ἱκέτης, suppliant, οὐ σύ γ' ἂν.. σῷ ἐπιστάτῃ οὐδ' ἅλα

    δοίης Od.17.455

    .
    2. in battle-order, one's rear-rank man, X.Cyr. 3.3.50, 8.1.10, al.
    b. also, even numbers in a λόχος, Ascl.Tact.2.3, Arr.Tact.6.6.
    II. one who stands or is mounted upon, ἁρμάτων ἐ., of a charioteer, S.El. 702, E.Ph. 1147; ἐλεφάντων ἐ., of the driver, Plb.1.40.11.
    2. one who is set over, chief, commander, A.Th. 816 ( 815);

    ὅπλων Id.Pers. 379

    ; ποιμνίων ἐ. S.Aj.27; ἐρετμῶν ἐ. E.Hel. 1267; θύματος ἐ. Id.Hec. 223; but ταύρων πυρπνόων ζεύγλῃσι mastering them with.., Id.Med. 478; ἐνόπτρων καὶ μύρων, of the Trojans, Id.Or. 1112; ἐ. Κολωνοῦ, of a tutelary god, S.OC 889; [καιρὸς] ἀνδράσιν μέγιστος ἔργου παντός ἐστ' ἐ. Id.El.76; also in Prose, ἐ. γενέσθαι τῶν λόγων ἴσους καὶ κοινούς judges, And.4.7; ποίας ἐργασίας ἐ.; Answ. ἐ. τοῦ ποιῆσαι δεινὸν λέγειν (where it = ἐπιστήμων) Pl.Prt. 312d;

    πραγμάτων Isoc.4.121

    ; ἐπιστάται ἄθλων stewards of games, Pl.Lg. 949a, cf. X.Lac.8.4; of a pilot, Id.Oec.21.3; supervisor of training, Pl. R. 412a, X.Mem.3.5.18 (pl.);

    ἐ. τῶν παίδων IG12(1).43

     ([place name] Rhodes);

    τῶν ἐφήβων Inscr.Prien.112.73

     (i B.C.): voc. ἐπιστάτα, = Rabbi, Ev. Luc.5.5, al.
    III. president of a board or assembly: at Athens, ἐ. τῶν πρυτάνεων chairman of βουλή and ἐκκλησία in cent. v, Arist. Ath.44.1, later, keeper of Treasury or Archives, IG3.841, etc.; ἐ. τῶν προέδρων chairman of βουλή and ἐκκλησία from cent.iv, Aeschin. 3.39, D.22.9, etc.;

    ἐ. ὁ ἐκ τῶν προέδρων IG22.204.31

     (iv B.C.); in other Greek states, ib.12(1).731 ([place name] Rhodes), 12(7).515.116, 125 ([place name] Amorgos), etc.; ἐ. τῶν νομοθετῶν ib.22.222; τῶν δικα[στῶν] LW 1539 ([place name] Erythrae).
    2. overseer, superintendent, in charge of any public building or works, τοῦ νεὼ τοῦ ἐν πόλει, i.e. of the temple of Athena Polias, IG12.372;

    ἱεροῦ UPZ42.22

     (ii B.C.); ἐ. τῶν ἔργων clerk of the works, D.18.114, LXXEx.1.11 (pl.);

    τῶν δημοσίων ἔργων Aeschin.3.14

    ; τοῦ ναυτικοῦ ib.222;

    τῆς Ἀκαδημείας Hyp.Dem.Fr.7

    ;

    τοῦ Μουσείου OGI104.4

     (ii B.C.);

    τῶν κοπρώνων D.25.49

    .
    3. governor, administrator,

    τῆς πόλεως OGI254.3

     (Babylon, ii B.C.), cf. IG12(3).320.7 (Thera, iii B.C.), OGI479.7 (Dorylaeum, ii A.D.); κώμης local magistrate, Arch.Pap.4.38.
    4. = προστάτης, Lat. patronus, IG14.1317.
    IV. in Ar.Av. 437, = χυτρόπους, Ar.Byz. ap. Eust.1827.45; other explanations, ibid., cf.Sch.Ar.l.c.: τοὐπιστάτου is fr. ἐπίστατος, = πυρίστατος, Anon. ap. Eust.1827.56: dub. sens. in BpW1892.514; cf. ἐπίστατον.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπιστάτης

  • 12 head

    1. n голова

    bald head — лысая голова, лысина

    taller by a head, a head taller — на голову выше

    2. n головной портрет, изображение головы
    3. n жизнь

    it will cost him his head — он поплатится за это головой, это будет стоить ему жизни

    4. n ум, рассудок; способности

    a cool head — трезвый ум, рассудительный человек

    a hot head — горячая голова, горячий человек

    5. n переносимость, способность

    strong head — крепкая голова; способность много пить не пьянея

    6. n человек
    7. n голова скота
    8. n стадо; стая
    9. n с. -х. поголовье
    10. n амер. разг. головная боль
    11. n сл. рот
    12. n рога
    13. n уст. причёска; волосы
    14. n наркоман
    15. n фанатик, страстный поклонник, болельщик
    16. a верхний; передний; головной

    waste head — головная часть слитка, отрезаемая в отход

    17. a главный, старший

    head boy — старший префект, старший ученик, староста

    head girl — старший префект, старшая ученица, староста

    18. a встречный
    19. a предназначенный для ношения на голове; головной
    20. v возглавлять, стоять во главе; идти, стоять впереди

    sunk head — заголовок главы, помещенный ниже первой строки

    drop head — заголовок главы, помещённый ниже первой строки

    21. v превосходить; быть первым
    22. v озаглавливать; начинать
    23. v начинать, быть началом, открывать
    24. v направлять
    25. v направляться; держать курс
    26. v мешать, препятствовать
    27. v уступать дорогу
    28. v подниматься к истокам; обходить

    the traveller headed the stream instead of crossing it — путешественник не стал переправляться через ручей, а обошёл его

    29. v двигаться навстречу

    he headed the driving snow — он шёл в пургу против ветра, снег бил ему в лицо

    30. v навлекать на себя, напрашиваться

    to head for trouble — навлекать на себя неприятности;

    31. v брать начало, вытекать

    head record — паспортная запись в начале массива; запись-заголовок

    32. v насаживать, приделывать головку
    33. v завиваться, образовывать кочаны

    cabbage head — вилок, кочан капусты

    34. v колоситься
    35. v нарвать, созреть
    36. v достигать наивысшей, критической точки
    37. v срезать верхушку
    38. v снимать, обрезать
    39. v обезглавливать
    40. v отбивать мяч головой; играть головой
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. chief (adj.) chief; dominant; preeminent; superior
    2. leading (adj.) arch; cardinal; champion; first; foremost; front; leading; main; premier; principal; topmost
    3. aptitude (noun) aptitude; brain; gray matter; intelligence; mind; wit
    4. authority (noun) authority; command
    5. beginning (noun) beginning; headwaters; origin; rise; source
    6. conclusion (noun) conclusion; crisis; culmination
    7. director (noun) director; foreman; manager; overseer; superintendent; supervisor
    8. foam (noun) fizz; foam; froth; lather; spume; suds
    9. gift (noun) aptness; bent; bump; faculty; flair; genius; gift; inclination; instinct; knack; nose; set; talent; turn
    10. headline (noun) heading; headline
    11. headpiece (noun) headpiece; noddle; noggin; noodle; pate; poll; sconce
    12. leader (noun) administrator; boss; chief; chieftain; cock; commander; commander in chief; dominator; headman; hierarch; honcho; leader; master; principal
    13. pass (noun) juncture; pass
    14. promontory (noun) beak; bill; cape; foreland; headland; naze; ness; point; promontory
    15. subject (noun) argument; matter; motif; motive; subject; subject matter; text; theme; topic
    16. toilet (noun) convenience; john; johnny; latrine; lavatory; privy; toilet; water closet
    17. top (noun) acme; crest; crown; peak; summit; tip; top
    18. bear (verb) bear; go; light out; make; set out; strike out; take off
    19. behead (verb) behead; decapitate; decollate; guillotine; neck
    20. direct (verb) address; administer; administrate; aim; cast; command; direct; govern; incline; lay; lead; level; manage; oversee; point; precede; present; run; set; superintend; supervise; train; turn; zero in
    21. outdo (verb) beat; excel; outdo; surpass
    22. spring (verb) arise; birth; come from; derive from; emanate; flow; issue; originate; proceed; rise; spring; stem; upspring
    Антонимический ряд:
    attendant; base; basis; body; bottom; bulk; clerk; continuation; dependent; disciple; follow; follower; foot; footman; foundation; subordinate

    English-Russian base dictionary > head

  • 13 near cash

    !
    гос. фин. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    This paper provides background information on the framework for the planning and control of public expenditure in the UK which has been operated since the 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR). It sets out the different classifications of spending for budgeting purposes and why these distinctions have been adopted. It discusses how the public expenditure framework is designed to ensure both sound public finances and an outcome-focused approach to public expenditure.
    The UK's public spending framework is based on several key principles:
    "
    consistency with a long-term, prudent and transparent regime for managing the public finances as a whole;
    " "
    the judgement of success by policy outcomes rather than resource inputs;
    " "
    strong incentives for departments and their partners in service delivery to plan over several years and plan together where appropriate so as to deliver better public services with greater cost effectiveness; and
    "
    the proper costing and management of capital assets to provide the right incentives for public investment.
    The Government sets policy to meet two firm fiscal rules:
    "
    the Golden Rule states that over the economic cycle, the Government will borrow only to invest and not to fund current spending; and
    "
    the Sustainable Investment Rule states that net public debt as a proportion of GDP will be held over the economic cycle at a stable and prudent level. Other things being equal, net debt will be maintained below 40 per cent of GDP over the economic cycle.
    Achievement of the fiscal rules is assessed by reference to the national accounts, which are produced by the Office for National Statistics, acting as an independent agency. The Government sets its spending envelope to comply with these fiscal rules.
    Departmental Expenditure Limits ( DEL) and Annually Managed Expenditure (AME)
    "
    Departmental Expenditure Limit ( DEL) spending, which is planned and controlled on a three year basis in Spending Reviews; and
    "
    Annually Managed Expenditure ( AME), which is expenditure which cannot reasonably be subject to firm, multi-year limits in the same way as DEL. AME includes social security benefits, local authority self-financed expenditure, debt interest, and payments to EU institutions.
    More information about DEL and AME is set out below.
    In Spending Reviews, firm DEL plans are set for departments for three years. To ensure consistency with the Government's fiscal rules departments are set separate resource (current) and capital budgets. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    To encourage departments to plan over the medium term departments may carry forward unspent DEL provision from one year into the next and, subject to the normal tests for tautness and realism of plans, may be drawn down in future years. This end-year flexibility also removes any incentive for departments to use up their provision as the year end approaches with less regard to value for money. For the full benefits of this flexibility and of three year plans to feed through into improved public service delivery, end-year flexibility and three year budgets should be cascaded from departments to executive agencies and other budget holders.
    Three year budgets and end-year flexibility give those managing public services the stability to plan their operations on a sensible time scale. Further, the system means that departments cannot seek to bid up funds each year (before 1997, three year plans were set and reviewed in annual Public Expenditure Surveys). So the credibility of medium-term plans has been enhanced at both central and departmental level.
    Departments have certainty over the budgetary allocation over the medium term and these multi-year DEL plans are strictly enforced. Departments are expected to prioritise competing pressures and fund these within their overall annual limits, as set in Spending Reviews. So the DEL system provides a strong incentive to control costs and maximise value for money.
    There is a small centrally held DEL Reserve. Support from the Reserve is available only for genuinely unforeseeable contingencies which departments cannot be expected to manage within their DEL.
    AME typically consists of programmes which are large, volatile and demand-led, and which therefore cannot reasonably be subject to firm multi-year limits. The biggest single element is social security spending. Other items include tax credits, Local Authority Self Financed Expenditure, Scottish Executive spending financed by non-domestic rates, and spending financed from the proceeds of the National Lottery.
    AME is reviewed twice a year as part of the Budget and Pre-Budget Report process reflecting the close integration of the tax and benefit system, which was enhanced by the introduction of tax credits.
    AME is not subject to the same three year expenditure limits as DEL, but is still part of the overall envelope for public expenditure. Affordability is taken into account when policy decisions affecting AME are made. The Government has committed itself not to take policy measures which are likely to have the effect of increasing social security or other elements of AME without taking steps to ensure that the effects of those decisions can be accommodated prudently within the Government's fiscal rules.
    Given an overall envelope for public spending, forecasts of AME affect the level of resources available for DEL spending. Cautious estimates and the AME margin are built in to these AME forecasts and reduce the risk of overspending on AME.
    Together, DEL plus AME sum to Total Managed Expenditure (TME). TME is a measure drawn from national accounts. It represents the current and capital spending of the public sector. The public sector is made up of central government, local government and public corporations.
    Resource and Capital Budgets are set in terms of accruals information. Accruals information measures resources as they are consumed rather than when the cash is paid. So for example the Resource Budget includes a charge for depreciation, a measure of the consumption or wearing out of capital assets.
    "
    Non cash charges in budgets do not impact directly on the fiscal framework. That may be because the national accounts use a different way of measuring the same thing, for example in the case of the depreciation of departmental assets. Or it may be that the national accounts measure something different: for example, resource budgets include a cost of capital charge reflecting the opportunity cost of holding capital; the national accounts include debt interest.
    "
    Within the Resource Budget DEL, departments have separate controls on:
    "
    Near cash spending, the sub set of Resource Budgets which impacts directly on the Golden Rule; and
    "
    The amount of their Resource Budget DEL that departments may spend on running themselves (e.g. paying most civil servants’ salaries) is limited by Administration Budgets, which are set in Spending Reviews. Administration Budgets are used to ensure that as much money as practicable is available for front line services and programmes. These budgets also help to drive efficiency improvements in departments’ own activities. Administration Budgets exclude the costs of frontline services delivered directly by departments.
    The Budget preceding a Spending Review sets an overall envelope for public spending that is consistent with the fiscal rules for the period covered by the Spending Review. In the Spending Review, the Budget AME forecast for year one of the Spending Review period is updated, and AME forecasts are made for the later years of the Spending Review period.
    The 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review ( CSR), which was published in July 1998, was a comprehensive review of departmental aims and objectives alongside a zero-based analysis of each spending programme to determine the best way of delivering the Government's objectives. The 1998 CSR allocated substantial additional resources to the Government's key priorities, particularly education and health, for the three year period from 1999-2000 to 2001-02.
    Delivering better public services does not just depend on how much money the Government spends, but also on how well it spends it. Therefore the 1998 CSR introduced Public Service Agreements (PSAs). Each major government department was given its own PSA setting out clear targets for achievements in terms of public service improvements.
    The 1998 CSR also introduced the DEL/ AME framework for the control of public spending, and made other framework changes. Building on the investment and reforms delivered by the 1998 CSR, successive spending reviews in 2000, 2002 and 2004 have:
    "
    provided significant increase in resources for the Government’s priorities, in particular health and education, and cross-cutting themes such as raising productivity; extending opportunity; and building strong and secure communities;
    " "
    enabled the Government significantly to increase investment in public assets and address the legacy of under investment from past decades. Departmental Investment Strategies were introduced in SR2000. As a result there has been a steady increase in public sector net investment from less than ¾ of a per cent of GDP in 1997-98 to 2¼ per cent of GDP in 2005-06, providing better infrastructure across public services;
    " "
    introduced further refinements to the performance management framework. PSA targets have been reduced in number over successive spending reviews from around 300 to 110 to give greater focus to the Government’s highest priorities. The targets have become increasingly outcome-focused to deliver further improvements in key areas of public service delivery across Government. They have also been refined in line with the conclusions of the Devolving Decision Making Review to provide a framework which encourages greater devolution and local flexibility. Technical Notes were introduced in SR2000 explaining how performance against each PSA target will be measured; and
    "
    not only allocated near cash spending to departments, but also – since SR2002 - set Resource DEL plans for non cash spending.
    To identify what further investments and reforms are needed to equip the UK for the global challenges of the decade ahead, on 19 July 2005 the Chief Secretary to the Treasury announced that the Government intends to launch a second Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR) reporting in 2007.
    A decade on from the first CSR, the 2007 CSR will represent a long-term and fundamental review of government expenditure. It will cover departmental allocations for 2008-09, 2009-10 and 2010 11. Allocations for 2007-08 will be held to the agreed figures already announced by the 2004 Spending Review. To provide a rigorous analytical framework for these departmental allocations, the Government will be taking forward a programme of preparatory work over 2006 involving:
    "
    an assessment of what the sustained increases in spending and reforms to public service delivery have achieved since the first CSR. The assessment will inform the setting of new objectives for the decade ahead;
    " "
    an examination of the key long-term trends and challenges that will shape the next decade – including demographic and socio-economic change, globalisation, climate and environmental change, global insecurity and technological change – together with an assessment of how public services will need to respond;
    " "
    to release the resources needed to address these challenges, and to continue to secure maximum value for money from public spending over the CSR period, a set of zero-based reviews of departments’ baseline expenditure to assess its effectiveness in delivering the Government’s long-term objectives; together with
    "
    further development of the efficiency programme, building on the cross cutting areas identified in the Gershon Review, to embed and extend ongoing efficiency savings into departmental expenditure planning.
    The 2007 CSR also offers the opportunity to continue to refine the PSA framework so that it drives effective delivery and the attainment of ambitious national standards.
    Public Service Agreements (PSAs) were introduced in the 1998 CSR. They set out agreed targets detailing the outputs and outcomes departments are expected to deliver with the resources allocated to them. The new spending regime places a strong emphasis on outcome targets, for example in providing for better health and higher educational standards or service standards. The introduction in SR2004 of PSA ‘standards’ will ensure that high standards in priority areas are maintained.
    The Government monitors progress against PSA targets, and departments report in detail twice a year in their annual Departmental Reports (published in spring) and in their autumn performance reports. These reports provide Parliament and the public with regular updates on departments’ performance against their targets.
    Technical Notes explain how performance against each PSA target will be measured.
    To make the most of both new investment and existing assets, there needs to be a coherent long term strategy against which investment decisions are taken. Departmental Investment Strategies (DIS) set out each department's plans to deliver the scale and quality of capital stock needed to underpin its objectives. The DIS includes information about the department's existing capital stock and future plans for that stock, as well as plans for new investment. It also sets out the systems that the department has in place to ensure that it delivers its capital programmes effectively.
    This document was updated on 19 December 2005.
    Near-cash resource expenditure that has a related cash implication, even though the timing of the cash payment may be slightly different. For example, expenditure on gas or electricity supply is incurred as the fuel is used, though the cash payment might be made in arrears on aquarterly basis. Other examples of near-cash expenditure are: pay, rental.Net cash requirement the upper limit agreed by Parliament on the cash which a department may draw from theConsolidated Fund to finance the expenditure within the ambit of its Request forResources. It is equal to the agreed amount of net resources and net capital less non-cashitems and working capital.Non-cash cost costs where there is no cash transaction but which are included in a body’s accounts (or taken into account in charging for a service) to establish the true cost of all the resourcesused.Non-departmental a body which has a role in the processes of government, but is not a government public body, NDPBdepartment or part of one. NDPBs accordingly operate at arm’s length from governmentMinisters.Notional cost of a cost which is taken into account in setting fees and charges to improve comparability with insuranceprivate sector service providers.The charge takes account of the fact that public bodies donot generally pay an insurance premium to a commercial insurer.the independent body responsible for collecting and publishing official statistics about theUK’s society and economy. (At the time of going to print legislation was progressing tochange this body to the Statistics Board).Office of Government an office of the Treasury, with a status similar to that of an agency, which aims to maximise Commerce, OGCthe government’s purchasing power for routine items and combine professional expertiseto bear on capital projects.Office of the the government department responsible for discharging the Paymaster General’s statutoryPaymaster General,responsibilities to hold accounts and make payments for government departments and OPGother public bodies.Orange bookthe informal title for Management of Risks: Principles and Concepts, which is published by theTreasury for the guidance of public sector bodies.Office for NationalStatistics, ONS60Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    "
    GLOSSARYOverdraftan account with a negative balance.Parliament’s formal agreement to authorise an activity or expenditure.Prerogative powerspowers exercisable under the Royal Prerogative, ie powers which are unique to the Crown,as contrasted with common-law powers which may be available to the Crown on the samebasis as to natural persons.Primary legislationActs which have been passed by the Westminster Parliament and, where they haveappropriate powers, the Scottish Parliament and the Northern Ireland Assembly. Begin asBills until they have received Royal Assent.arrangements under which a public sector organisation contracts with a private sectorentity to construct a facility and provide associated services of a specified quality over asustained period. See annex 7.5.Proprietythe principle that patterns of resource consumption should respect Parliament’s intentions,conventions and control procedures, including any laid down by the PAC. See box 2.4.Public Accountssee Committee of Public Accounts.CommitteePublic corporationa trading body controlled by central government, local authority or other publiccorporation that has substantial day to day operating independence. See section 7.8.Public Dividend finance provided by government to public sector bodies as an equity stake; an alternative to Capital, PDCloan finance.Public Service sets out what the public can expect the government to deliver with its resources. EveryAgreement, PSAlarge government department has PSA(s) which specify deliverables as targets or aimsrelated to objectives.a structured arrangement between a public sector and a private sector organisation tosecure an outcome delivering good value for money for the public sector. It is classified tothe public or private sector according to which has more control.Rate of returnthe financial remuneration delivered by a particular project or enterprise, expressed as apercentage of the net assets employed.Regularitythe principle that resource consumption should accord with the relevant legislation, therelevant delegated authority and this document. See box 2.4.Request for the functional level into which departmental Estimates may be split. RfRs contain a number Resources, RfRof functions being carried out by the department in pursuit of one or more of thatdepartment’s objectives.Resource accountan accruals account produced in line with the Financial Reporting Manual (FReM).Resource accountingthe system under which budgets, Estimates and accounts are constructed in a similar wayto commercial audited accounts, so that both plans and records of expenditure allow in fullfor the goods and services which are to be, or have been, consumed – ie not just the cashexpended.Resource budgetthe means by which the government plans and controls the expenditure of resources tomeet its objectives.Restitutiona legal concept which allows money and property to be returned to its rightful owner. Ittypically operates where another person can be said to have been unjustly enriched byreceiving such monies.Return on capital the ratio of profit to capital employed of an accounting entity during an identified period.employed, ROCEVarious measures of profit and of capital employed may be used in calculating the ratio.Public Privatepartnership, PPPPrivate Finance Initiative, PFIParliamentaryauthority61Managing Public Money
    "
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARYRoyal charterthe document setting out the powers and constitution of a corporation established underprerogative power of the monarch acting on Privy Council advice.Second readingthe second formal time that a House of Parliament may debate a bill, although in practicethe first substantive debate on its content. If successful, it is deemed to denoteParliamentary approval of the principle of the proposed legislation.Secondary legislationlaws, including orders and regulations, which are made using powers in primary legislation.Normally used to set out technical and administrative provision in greater detail thanprimary legislation, they are subject to a less intense level of scrutiny in Parliament.European legislation is,however,often implemented in secondary legislation using powers inthe European Communities Act 1972.Service-level agreement between parties, setting out in detail the level of service to be performed.agreementWhere agreements are between central government bodies, they are not legally a contractbut have a similar function.Shareholder Executive a body created to improve the government’s performance as a shareholder in businesses.Spending reviewsets out the key improvements in public services that the public can expect over a givenperiod. It includes a thorough review of departmental aims and objectives to find the bestway of delivering the government’s objectives, and sets out the spending plans for the givenperiod.State aidstate support for a domestic body or company which could distort EU competition and sois not usually allowed. See annex 4.9.Statement of Excessa formal statement detailing departments’ overspends prepared by the Comptroller andAuditor General as a result of undertaking annual audits.Statement on Internal an annual statement that Accounting Officers are required to make as part of the accounts Control, SICon a range of risk and control issues.Subheadindividual elements of departmental expenditure identifiable in Estimates as single cells, forexample cell A1 being administration costs within a particular line of departmental spending.Supplyresources voted by Parliament in response to Estimates, for expenditure by governmentdepartments.Supply Estimatesa statement of the resources the government needs in the coming financial year, and forwhat purpose(s), by which Parliamentary authority is sought for the planned level ofexpenditure and income.Target rate of returnthe rate of return required of a project or enterprise over a given period, usually at least a year.Third sectorprivate sector bodies which do not act commercially,including charities,social and voluntaryorganisations and other not-for-profit collectives. See annex 7.7.Total Managed a Treasury budgeting term which covers all current and capital spending carried out by the Expenditure,TMEpublic sector (ie not just by central departments).Trading fundan organisation (either within a government department or forming one) which is largely orwholly financed from commercial revenue generated by its activities. Its Estimate shows itsnet impact, allowing its income from receipts to be devoted entirely to its business.Treasury Minutea formal administrative document drawn up by the Treasury, which may serve a wide varietyof purposes including seeking Parliamentary approval for the use of receipts asappropriations in aid, a remission of some or all of the principal of voted loans, andresponding on behalf of the government to reports by the Public Accounts Committee(PAC).62Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARY63Managing Public MoneyValue for moneythe process under which organisation’s procurement, projects and processes aresystematically evaluated and assessed to provide confidence about suitability, effectiveness,prudence,quality,value and avoidance of error and other waste,judged for the public sectoras a whole.Virementthe process through which funds are moved between subheads such that additionalexpenditure on one is met by savings on one or more others.Votethe process by which Parliament approves funds in response to supply Estimates.Voted expenditureprovision for expenditure that has been authorised by Parliament. Parliament ‘votes’authority for public expenditure through the Supply Estimates process. Most expenditureby central government departments is authorised in this way.Wider market activity activities undertaken by central government organisations outside their statutory duties,using spare capacity and aimed at generating a commercial profit. See annex 7.6.Windfallmonies received by a department which were not anticipated in the spending review.
    ————————————————————————————————————————

    Англо-русский экономический словарь > near cash

  • 14 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 15 considerar

    v.
    1 to consider (pensar en).
    bien considerado, creo que tienes razón on reflection, I think you're right
    El chico considera a su madre The boy has regard for=considers his mother.
    Ricardo considera la propuesta de María Richard considers Ann's proposal.
    2 to esteem, to treat with respect.
    3 to consider to.
    Ella considera mejor ir al teatro She considers best to go to the theater.
    4 to consider oneself to.
    Considero estar listo I consider myself to be ready.
    * * *
    1 (reflexionar) to consider, think over, think about
    2 (tomar en consideración) to take into account
    3 (respetar) to treat with consideration, respect
    4 (juzgar) to judge, regard, deem
    1 to consider oneself
    \
    considerando que considering that, considering
    * * *
    verb
    2) deem
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=reflexionar sobre) to consider

    considera las ventajas y los inconvenientes de tu decisión — think about o consider the advantages and disadvantages of your decision

    2) (=tener en cuenta)

    considerando lo que cuesta, la calidad podría ser mejor — considering what it costs, the quality could be better

    3) (=creer)

    considerar algo/a algn (como) — + adj to consider sth/sb to be + adj

    se le considera culpable del robo — he is believed to be o considered to be guilty of the robbery

    se le considera como uno de los grandes pintores de este siglo — he is considered (to be) o regarded as one of the great painters of this century

    lo considero hijo mío — I look on him o regard him as my own son

    • considerar que — to believe that, consider that

    considero que deberíamos hacer algo — I believe o consider that we should do something

    4) (Jur)

    considerando... — whereas... ( word with which each item in a judgement begins)

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <asunto/posibilidad/oferta> to consider; <ventajas/consecuencias> to weigh up, consider

    tenemos que considerar que... — we must take into account that...

    b) (frml) ( tratar con respeto) to show consideration for, to consider
    2) (frml) (juzgar, creer) (+ compl) to consider
    2.
    considerarse v pron persona ( juzgarse) (+ compl) to consider oneself
    * * *
    = consider (as), contemplate, deem, envisage, judge, look at, perceive, reckon, regard as, see as, take into + consideration, take to + be, treat, view, weigh, take + stock of, see, look to as, see about, look upon, give + (some) thought to, have + regard for, class, hold out as, weigh up, look toward(s), flirt, adjudge, believe, look to.
    Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex. These details are primarily useful as a record of expenditure or to organisations or individuals contemplating the purchase of a work.
    Ex. If a corporate body is deemed to have some intellectual responsibility for the content of a work, then the name of that body will usually feature as a heading on either a main or added entry.
    Ex. It is fairly common to have to modify a standard list, or compile a fresh list when a new application is envisaged.
    Ex. Nevertheless, whatever the basis for the major enumerative schemes they must be judged for their suitability for application in current libraries.
    Ex. This article looks at three interrelated issues regarding on-line services based on the recent literature.
    Ex. Many of the early systems were perceived as replacements for manual techniques.
    Ex. Book form is easy to use, readable, and reckoned to be an acceptable format for many users.
    Ex. In particular LCC has been regarded as suitable for the classification of large general libraries, and specifically those large libraries that have been established for research purposes.
    Ex. It is easiest to see the comments in this section as pertaining to controlled indexing languages.
    Ex. A certain number of days is to be added to today's date to calculate the date due, taking into consideration the dates the library is closed.
    Ex. An abridgement is usually taken to be a condensation that necessarily omits a number of secondary points.
    Ex. In troubleshooting, it is important to treat the cause as well as the symptom of the problem = En la solución de problemas, es importante tratar tanto la causa como el síntoma del problema.
    Ex. Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.
    Ex. Examines the advantages and disadvantages of approval plans suggesting that each library must carefully weigh them in order to determine its own best course of action.
    Ex. The conference took stock of development within information technology, outlined new ways for its use and presented projects.
    Ex. When balls were compared with rollers in the ninenteenth century, their chief disadvantage was seen to be their cost: they were relatively uneconomical of ink.
    Ex. From the impressive library of his mansion home on Beacon Hill, Ticknor ruled over Boston's intellectual life and was looked to as the leading arbiter of intellectual and social life in that great city.
    Ex. The head of reference told me that he's going to see about a dress code for the staff, prohibiting slacks for women.
    Ex. Ticknor, we are told, was a liberal and democrat who welcomed change and looked upon human nature with great optimism.
    Ex. I encourage the reader to give thought to the longer case studies that have appeared in the library press.
    Ex. The apparent success of the project suggests it can be used or adapted for other members of the beef industry, having regard for their particular circumstances = El aparente éxito del proyecto sugiere que se puede utilizar o adaptar para otros miembros de la industria del ganado bovino, teniendo en cuenta sus circunstancias particulares.
    Ex. 30 million Americans are classed as functionally illiterate.
    Ex. Community information services seem light years away from the kind of electronic wizardry that is held out as the brave new information world of tomorrow.
    Ex. The author weighs up whether a dumbing down has taken place in the UK tabloid and broadsheet press.
    Ex. Libraries are looking towards some sort of cooperative system.
    Ex. The author examines key passages in the 1941 Nietzsche lectures where Heidegger appears to flirt with the possibility of a more primordial sense of existence.
    Ex. National library associations should look for sponsors who will publish manuscripts they have adjudged to have met international standards.
    Ex. The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.
    Ex. If you're looking to refinish and waterproof some outdoor furniture you might want to consider using teak oil.
    ----
    * bien considerado = all things considered.
    * considerando = in view of.
    * considerar adecuado = judge + suitable, consider + appropriate.
    * considerar Algo = be under consideration.
    * considerar apropiado = consider + appropriate.
    * considerar como = class.
    * considerar como posible = entertain as + a possibility.
    * considerar desde una perspectiva = hold + perspective on.
    * considerar en detalle = consider + at length.
    * considerar en su justa medida = see + in proportion.
    * considerar importante = hold + Nombre + dear.
    * considerar + Infinitivo = view as + Gerundio.
    * considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.
    * considerar las consecuencias = weigh + implications.
    * considerar las posibilidades de algo = consider + possibilities.
    * considerar oportuno = consider + appropriate.
    * considerar peligroso = see + danger.
    * considerar pertinente = consider + appropriate.
    * considerar que significa = take to + mean.
    * considerarse = be known as, set + Reflexivo + up as, go down as.
    * considerarse afortunado = consider + Reflexivo + lucky, count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * considerar un problema = consider + problem.
    * merecer la pena considerar más detalladamente = repay + full consideration.
    * seguir considerando = consider + further.
    * volver a considerar = reconsider.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <asunto/posibilidad/oferta> to consider; <ventajas/consecuencias> to weigh up, consider

    tenemos que considerar que... — we must take into account that...

    b) (frml) ( tratar con respeto) to show consideration for, to consider
    2) (frml) (juzgar, creer) (+ compl) to consider
    2.
    considerarse v pron persona ( juzgarse) (+ compl) to consider oneself
    * * *
    = consider (as), contemplate, deem, envisage, judge, look at, perceive, reckon, regard as, see as, take into + consideration, take to + be, treat, view, weigh, take + stock of, see, look to as, see about, look upon, give + (some) thought to, have + regard for, class, hold out as, weigh up, look toward(s), flirt, adjudge, believe, look to.

    Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.

    Ex: These details are primarily useful as a record of expenditure or to organisations or individuals contemplating the purchase of a work.
    Ex: If a corporate body is deemed to have some intellectual responsibility for the content of a work, then the name of that body will usually feature as a heading on either a main or added entry.
    Ex: It is fairly common to have to modify a standard list, or compile a fresh list when a new application is envisaged.
    Ex: Nevertheless, whatever the basis for the major enumerative schemes they must be judged for their suitability for application in current libraries.
    Ex: This article looks at three interrelated issues regarding on-line services based on the recent literature.
    Ex: Many of the early systems were perceived as replacements for manual techniques.
    Ex: Book form is easy to use, readable, and reckoned to be an acceptable format for many users.
    Ex: In particular LCC has been regarded as suitable for the classification of large general libraries, and specifically those large libraries that have been established for research purposes.
    Ex: It is easiest to see the comments in this section as pertaining to controlled indexing languages.
    Ex: A certain number of days is to be added to today's date to calculate the date due, taking into consideration the dates the library is closed.
    Ex: An abridgement is usually taken to be a condensation that necessarily omits a number of secondary points.
    Ex: In troubleshooting, it is important to treat the cause as well as the symptom of the problem = En la solución de problemas, es importante tratar tanto la causa como el síntoma del problema.
    Ex: Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.
    Ex: Examines the advantages and disadvantages of approval plans suggesting that each library must carefully weigh them in order to determine its own best course of action.
    Ex: The conference took stock of development within information technology, outlined new ways for its use and presented projects.
    Ex: When balls were compared with rollers in the ninenteenth century, their chief disadvantage was seen to be their cost: they were relatively uneconomical of ink.
    Ex: From the impressive library of his mansion home on Beacon Hill, Ticknor ruled over Boston's intellectual life and was looked to as the leading arbiter of intellectual and social life in that great city.
    Ex: The head of reference told me that he's going to see about a dress code for the staff, prohibiting slacks for women.
    Ex: Ticknor, we are told, was a liberal and democrat who welcomed change and looked upon human nature with great optimism.
    Ex: I encourage the reader to give thought to the longer case studies that have appeared in the library press.
    Ex: The apparent success of the project suggests it can be used or adapted for other members of the beef industry, having regard for their particular circumstances = El aparente éxito del proyecto sugiere que se puede utilizar o adaptar para otros miembros de la industria del ganado bovino, teniendo en cuenta sus circunstancias particulares.
    Ex: 30 million Americans are classed as functionally illiterate.
    Ex: Community information services seem light years away from the kind of electronic wizardry that is held out as the brave new information world of tomorrow.
    Ex: The author weighs up whether a dumbing down has taken place in the UK tabloid and broadsheet press.
    Ex: Libraries are looking towards some sort of cooperative system.
    Ex: The author examines key passages in the 1941 Nietzsche lectures where Heidegger appears to flirt with the possibility of a more primordial sense of existence.
    Ex: National library associations should look for sponsors who will publish manuscripts they have adjudged to have met international standards.
    Ex: The preferred citation order should be that order which is believed to match the approach of many users who can be expected to retrieve information on the topic.
    Ex: If you're looking to refinish and waterproof some outdoor furniture you might want to consider using teak oil.
    * bien considerado = all things considered.
    * considerando = in view of.
    * considerar adecuado = judge + suitable, consider + appropriate.
    * considerar Algo = be under consideration.
    * considerar apropiado = consider + appropriate.
    * considerar como = class.
    * considerar como posible = entertain as + a possibility.
    * considerar desde una perspectiva = hold + perspective on.
    * considerar en detalle = consider + at length.
    * considerar en su justa medida = see + in proportion.
    * considerar importante = hold + Nombre + dear.
    * considerar + Infinitivo = view as + Gerundio.
    * considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.
    * considerar las consecuencias = weigh + implications.
    * considerar las posibilidades de algo = consider + possibilities.
    * considerar oportuno = consider + appropriate.
    * considerar peligroso = see + danger.
    * considerar pertinente = consider + appropriate.
    * considerar que significa = take to + mean.
    * considerarse = be known as, set + Reflexivo + up as, go down as.
    * considerarse afortunado = consider + Reflexivo + lucky, count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * considerar un problema = consider + problem.
    * merecer la pena considerar más detalladamente = repay + full consideration.
    * seguir considerando = consider + further.
    * volver a considerar = reconsider.

    * * *
    considerar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹asunto/posibilidad› to consider; ‹oferta› to consider, give … consideration; ‹ventajas/consecuencias› to weigh up, consider
    considera los pros y los contras weigh up the pros and cons
    bien considerado, creo que … all things considered, I think that …
    tenemos que considerar que ésta es su primera infracción we must take into account that this is her first offense
    considerando que ha estado enfermo considering (that) he's been ill
    2 ( frml) (tratar con respeto) to show consideration for, to consider
    B ( frml) (juzgar, creer) (+ compl) to consider
    fue considerado como una provocación it was considered (to be) o ( frml) deemed (to be) provocative
    eso se considera de mala educación that's considered bad manners
    considero casi imposible que podamos llegar a un acuerdo I believe it is o I consider it to be almost impossible for us to reach an agreement
    se le considera responsable del secuestro he is believed to be responsible for the kidnapping
    está muy bien considerado he is very highly regarded
    «persona» (juzgarse) (+ compl) to consider oneself
    se considera afortunado he considers himself (to be) very fortunate o lucky
    * * *

     

    considerar ( conjugate considerar) verbo transitivo ‹asunto/posibilidad/oferta› to consider;
    ‹ventajas/consecuencias› to weigh up, consider;

    tenemos que considerar que … we must take into account that …;
    eso se considera de mala educación that's considered bad manners;
    está muy bien considerado he is very highly regarded
    considerarse verbo pronominal [ persona] ( juzgarse) to consider oneself;
    se considera afortunado he considers himself (to be) lucky
    considerar verbo transitivo to consider: lo considera un genio, she thinks he's a genius ➣ Ver nota en consider

    ' considerar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    archivar
    - barajar
    - cada
    - dar
    - discutir
    - encontrar
    - estimar
    - homologar
    - óptica
    - pararse
    - plantearse
    - ponderar
    - reparar
    - tantear
    - tener
    - tratar
    - ver
    - catalogar
    - estudiar
    - juzgar
    - llamar
    - medir
    - meditar
    - mirar
    - pensar
    - plantear
    English:
    account
    - class
    - consider
    - contemplate
    - count
    - debate
    - entertain
    - judge
    - ponder
    - rate
    - reckon
    - regard
    - see
    - think over
    - think through
    - treat
    - view
    - come
    - conceive
    - deem
    - feel
    - hold
    - look
    - think
    - weigh
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [pensar en] to consider;
    hay que considerar que es la primera vez que lo intentamos you should take into account that this is the first time we've tried to do it;
    consideré la posibilidad de presentarme, pero al final desistí I thought about applying but in the end I gave up the idea
    2. [juzgar, estimar] to believe, to think;
    no quiso considerar mi propuesta she wouldn't consider my proposal;
    bien considerado, creo que tienes razón on reflection, I think you're right;
    considero que se han equivocado I believe they've made a mistake
    3. [respetar] to esteem, to treat with respect;
    sus compañeros lo consideran mucho his colleagues have a high regard for him o think highly of him
    * * *
    v/t consider
    * * *
    1) : to consider, to think over
    2) : to judge, to deem
    3) : to treat with respect
    * * *
    1. (relexionar) to consider / to think about [pt. & pp. thought]
    2. (juzgar) to regard / to think

    Spanish-English dictionary > considerar

  • 16 municipio

    m.
    1 local council.
    2 town hall (building).
    3 town, municipality (territorio).
    4 township, small town.
    * * *
    1 municipality
    2 (ayuntamiento) town council
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=distrito) municipality; (=población) town
    2) (=ayuntamiento) town council, local council
    3) (=edificio) town hall
    * * *
    masculino ( territorio) municipality; ( entidad) town council; ( edificio) town hall
    * * *
    = borough, municipality, township, city council.
    Ex. This was a spur to several other London boroughs who set up shop-front consumer advice centres from 1972.
    Ex. The conference debated a library bill which aims to set up public libraries in all municipalities with over 30,000 inhabitants.
    Ex. The library with its advantageous location should be the focal point for information in the township.
    Ex. This is because the chief librarian is personally accountable to the next higher level of authority such as the mayor, the city council, the hospital director, or the university president.
    ----
    * del municipio = municipal.
    * información oficial del municipio = municipal information.
    * municipio segregado = township.
    * * *
    masculino ( territorio) municipality; ( entidad) town council; ( edificio) town hall
    * * *
    = borough, municipality, township, city council.

    Ex: This was a spur to several other London boroughs who set up shop-front consumer advice centres from 1972.

    Ex: The conference debated a library bill which aims to set up public libraries in all municipalities with over 30,000 inhabitants.
    Ex: The library with its advantageous location should be the focal point for information in the township.
    Ex: This is because the chief librarian is personally accountable to the next higher level of authority such as the mayor, the city council, the hospital director, or the university president.
    * del municipio = municipal.
    * información oficial del municipio = municipal information.
    * municipio segregado = township.

    * * *
    1 (territorio) municipality
    2 (entidad) town council
    3 (edificio) town hall
    * * *

     

    municipio sustantivo masculino ( territorio) municipality;
    ( entidad) town council;
    ( edificio) town hall
    municipio sustantivo masculino
    1 (territorio) municipality
    2 (ayuntamiento, concejo) town o city council
    ' municipio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    comuna
    - comunal
    - municipalidad
    - vecino
    English:
    borough
    - municipality
    - city
    - common
    - council
    - solicitor
    - town
    - township
    * * *
    1. [corporación] local council
    2. [edificio] town hall, US city hall
    3. [territorio] town, municipality, US city
    4. [habitantes]
    asistió todo el municipio the whole town was there
    * * *
    m municipality
    * * *
    1) : municipality
    2) ayuntamiento: town council
    * * *
    1. (comunidad) town
    2. (ayuntamiento) town council

    Spanish-English dictionary > municipio

  • 17 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 18 make

    meɪk
    1. гл.;
    прош. вр. и прич. прош. вр. - made
    1) делать;
    совершать;
    сделать
    2) производить, изготовлять, составлять ( документ), Syn: assemble, manufacture, produce, create
    3) заставлять, побуждать( кого-л. сделать что-л.) make him forget it! ≈ пусть забудет это!
    4) подготовить, привести в состояние готовности to make a fire ≈ разжечь костер
    5) стать;
    сделаться;
    становиться He will make a good manager. ≈ Он станет хорошим управляющим. He was made to be an artist. ≈ Ему суждено было стать художником.
    6) вести себя, подобно... to make an ass (of oneself) ≈ вести себя, как скотина
    7) производить действие, ассоциированное с дополнением: to make money ≈ зарабатывать деньги to make an answer ≈ отвечать to make success ≈ делать успехи to make start ≈ начинать to make meal ≈ перекусить ∙ make after make against make at make away with make back make down make for make it make into make of make off make on make out make over make towards make up make with to make one's living ≈ зарабатывать на жизнь to make a clean sweep of ≈ see sweep
    1. to make do with smth. редк. ≈ довольствоваться чем-л.
    2. сущ.
    1) стиль, фасон, модель Do you like the make of my car ? ≈ Тебе нравится марка моего автомобиля?
    2) производство, изготовление( об изделии) Is this your own make ≈ Это вашего собственного производства?
    3) склад, конституция, сложение форма, конструкция;
    модель, фасон - a new * of automobile новая модель автомобиля - dresses of a new * платья нового фасона - a coat of first-class * пальто отличного покроя - a tool of heavier * более тяжелый инструмент марка, тип, сорт - cars of all *s автомобили всех марок - what * is this? что это за модель /марка, система/? - houses after the Swiss * дома по швейцарскому образцу производство, работа;
    изготовление - an automobile of English * автомобиль английского производства - knives of Birmingham * ножи бирмингемской работы - is this your own *? это вы сами производите?;
    это ваше изделие?;
    это вашего собственного изготовления? изготовленное или добытое количество;
    продукция;
    выработка конституция, сложение - a man of slender * стройный человек - a man with the * and muscles of a prize-fighter человек со сложением и мускулатурой борца склад (характера) - a man of this * человек такого склада /рода/ (электротехника) замыкание цепи - at * включенный, замкнутый( карточное) объявление( козыря и игры) (карточное) тасование твоя очередь тасовать( военное) (жаргон) повышение в чине;
    новое назначение > on the * стремящийся к наживе;
    делающий карьеру;
    ищущий любовных приключений > * and mend hour (морское) (устаревшее) время, отведенное на пошивку и починку обмундирования;
    (морское) свободное от нарядов время делать;
    изготовлять, производить - to * tables делать столы - to * in duplicate выполнять в двух экземплярах - nails are made of iron гвозди делают из железа - what is it made of? из чего это сделано? - made in the USA изготовлено /сделано/ в США - this Publishing House *s good books это издательство выпускает /издает, делает/ хорошие книги;
    это издательство хорошо выпускает /издает/ книги - to * a meal готовить /приготовить/ еду - to * tea приготовить /заварить или вскипятить/ чай - I don't know how to * this dish я не знаю, как готовить /делать/ это блюдо - to * a coat сшить /сделать/ пальто - a suit made to order костюм, сшитый на заказ - to * a bed постелить постель - I'll * a bed for you on the sofa я вам постелю на диване - to * a nest вить /свивать/ гнездо - to * a track прокладывать путь или лыжню - to * hay сушить, ворошить или заготовлять сено - don't stand there as if you were made of stone не стой как истукан, не стой точно каменный составлять, делать, подготавливать - to * a list составить список - to * a note сделать заметку, записать( что-л.) - to * notes вести /делать/ записи, записывать, конспектировать - to * a note of smth. отметить что-л.;
    сделать заметку относительно /по поводу/ чего-л. - to * a report подготовить доклад /отчет/ - to * one's will составить /написать/ завещание - to * a law создавать /устанавливать, вводить/ закон - to * a plan придумать /разработать/ план - let's not * premature plans не будем строить планы заранее;
    не будем (заранее) загадывать создавать, творить - to * a poem сочинить /написать/ поэму или стихотворение - this author *s good books этот писатель пишет /сочиняет/ хорошие книги - he made a sketch он сделал рисунок /набросок/ - to * a film снимать фильм совершать, делать - to * a landing совершить посадку;
    высадиться на берег - to * a mistake /a blunder/ совершить ошибку - to * a fresh start начинать сначала - he made an offence against good taste он погрешил против хорошего вкуса образовывать;
    формировать - to * smb.'s character формировать чей-л. характер - to * one's own life самостоятельно строить свою жизнь - I made him what he is я сделал его таким, какой он есть - to * oneself сделать карьеру самостоятельно (без протекции) (редкое) тренировать, учить( животных) - he made the dog himself он сам обучил собаку считать, полагать - what do you * of this film? как вы находите этот фильм?, что вы думаете об этом фильме? - what do you * of him? какое у вас мнение о нем? - what distance do you * it from here to the village? как вы считаете, сколько отсюда до деревни? - I * it five miles по-моему, пять миль - how large do you * this crowd? сколько, по-вашеиу, здесь народу?, как вы думаете, сколько здесь народу? - what time do you * it? сколько, по-вашему, сейчас времени?;
    сколько на ваших часах? - I * it half past four по-моему, половина пятого;
    на моих( часах) половина пятого - what do you * this bird to be? что это, по-вашему, за птица? (сленг) украсть( сленг) сожительствовать с кем-л. зарабатывать, наживать (деньги, состояние) - to * money зарабатывать деньги, наживать деньги - to * money on the side зарабатывать халтурой /левой работой/, работать налево - how much (money) do you * a week? сколько (денег) вы зарабатываете /получаете/ в неделЮ/ - I * a good salary я получаю хорошую зарплату, мне много /хорошо/ платят - I made very little( money) on this я на этом заработал /нажил/ очень мало( денег) - to * a good thing of smth. хорошо заработать /нажиться, нагреть руки/ на чем-л. - he *s a $2000 a year( out) of his lands он получает со своих имений 2000 долларов в год - to * profit получать прибыль - to * a livelihood зарабатывать средства к существованию - to * a /one's/ living зарабатывать на жизнь - to * a /one's/ living with one's pen зарабатывать на жизнь пером /литературным трудом/ - to * a living (by) teaching music зарабатывать на жизнь уроками музыки - to * one's bread зарабатывать на существование /на хлеб/ приобретать( друзей, врагов) - to * friends завести /приобрести/ друзей;
    подружиться - we made friends with him very quickly мы быстро подружились с ним - to * enemies нажить врагов - to * an ally of smb. сделать кого-л. своим союзником;
    завоевать кого-л. на свою сторону заключать (соглашение, сделку) - to * an agreement прийти к соглашению, договориться - to * a treaty заключить договор - to * a bargain заключить сделку, договориться - to * terms прийти к соглашению назначать (свидание) - to * a date назначить свидание - to * an appointment условиться о встрече;
    записаться на прием договориться, условиться (о времени, месте и т. п.) - when shall I see you, Monday of Tuesday? - Make it Tuesday когда я вас увижу, в понедельник или во вторник? - Договоримся на вторник - I shall * it for three o'clock я условлюсь /договорюсь/ на 3 часа назначать (на должность) ;
    производить (в чин) - to * smb. a judge назначить кого-л. судьей - to * smb. a general произвести кого-л. в генералы - he was made commander-in-chief его сделали /назначили/ главнокомандующим - to * smb. a knight посвящать кого-л. в рыцари убирать (помещение) ;
    приводить в порядок( комнату, постель) ;
    наводить (порядок) - to * a room убрать комнату - to * a bed застилать /заправлять/ постель;
    убирать кровать - I want to * order in /among/ my books я хочу привести в порядок свои книги выступать( с докладом) - to * a speech произносить речь издавать( звуки) ;
    производить (шум) ;
    звенеть, стучать, шуметь - to * a noise шуметь, поднимать шум - the creature made no sound животное не издало ни звука устраивать (скандал) - to * a row (разговорное) скандалить, затеять драку или ссору;
    бурно протестовать - to * a scene устроить /закатить/ сцену - to * a fuss устраивать переполох /шум/;
    волноваться, суетиться - to * a fuss of smb. носиться с кем-л. устраивать (шумиху) ;
    производить (сенсацию) - to * a commotion устроить шум /переполох/ - to * a splash /a stir/ (разговорное) производить /вызывать/ сенсацию;
    поднимать шум /шумиху/, вызывать /возбуждать/ всеобщий интерес - this film made a stir этот фильм возбудил большой интерес /произвел сенсацию/ - he made the front page( он вызвал такой интерес, что) о нем стали писать газеты /его имя попало на первые полосы/ - to * (much) ado (устаревшее) поднять( большой) шум - the novel made the bestseller list роман попал в список бестселлеров делать (снимок) ;
    фотографировать - I want to * a few pictures of this building я хочу сделать несколько снимков этого здания совершать (поездку) - to * a tour совершить турне - he made a tour of the whole country он объездил всю страну - he made a long voyage он совершил длительное морское путешествие проходить, проезжать( какое-л. расстояние) - to * ten miles a day делать десять миль в день - we made only three miles that day мы прошли в тот день только три мили - this car *s 120 kilometres an hour скорость этой машины 120 километров в час;
    эта машина делает /дает/ 120 километров в час достигать( какого-л. места) ;
    прийти, войти (в гавань и т. п.) - to * (it to) the village before dark дойти до деревни засветло - to * the station in time вовремя прийти на станцию - we just made the train мы еле поспели на поезд - to * port войти в порт - the ship will never * port in such a storm корабль не сможет войти в порт в такую бурю - to * it into history войти в историю - to * it into Parliament пробиться в парламент( for) направляться, следовать( куда-л.) ;
    двигаться( в каком-л. направлении) - to * for home направляться домой - to * for the open sea отправиться в открытое море - he made for the door он направился к двери;
    он кинулся /бросился/ к двери (for) набрасываться, нападать( на кого-л.) - the bull made for him бык бросился на него( спортивное) достичь( цели) - to * the finish добраться до финиша, финишировать( спортивное) забить (мяч и т. п.) - to * the basket забросить мяч (баскетбол) - he always *s a goal он всегда забивает мяч в ворота - he made two tens он выбил две десятки (стрельба) преодолевать (препятствие) - to * a hurdle взять препятствие /барьер/ - to * a /the/ riffle (американизм) успешно преодолеть пороги (реки) ;
    преодолеть трудности, пресупеть ( карточное) брать( взятку) ;
    бить - I made the trick я взял эту взятку - the ace *s туз берет - he made the queen он побил карту дамой (карточное) объявлять (козырь или игру) (карточное) тасовать (колоду) ;
    сдавать( карты) - whose turn is it to *? чья очередь сдавать? (морское) указывать( время) ;
    бить склянки - noon was made пробило полдень есть (завтрак, обед, ужин) - to * a good meal хорошо поесть - to * a good breakfast хорошо позавтракать - to * a meal on /of/ smth. съесть что-л. - he made a meal on /of/ nuts он поел орехов, его еда состояла из орехов подниматься( о воде) - the tide is making fast приливная волна быстро поднимается - the water is making fast вода быстро прибывает;
    уровень воды быстро поднимается как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом составлять, равняться - twenty shillings * a pound двадцать шиллингов составляют фунт;
    в фунте двадцать шиллингов - two and two * four два и два равняется четырем - twice six *s twelve дважды шесть будет двенадцать как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом быть, являться - to * one of быть одним из;
    быть участником;
    быть в числе - will you * one of the party? не составишь ли ты нам компанию? - I made one of their group я был одним из них - to * a fourth быть четвертым (партнером в карточной игре) - you * the tenth here ты здесь десятый - this *s your tenth offence это ваше десятое нарушение - this *s the third time I've rung him я звоню ему уже в третий раз - this colour *s a perfect camouflage этот цвет служит отличной маскировкой - cold tea *s an excellent drink in summer холодный чай - прекрасный напиток летом - that *s a good answer это хороший ответ;
    это вы удачно ответили - this book *s good /interesting/, reading это интересная книга;
    эта книга легко читается как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом оказываться, становиться - she could * a good mother for them она могла бы стать им хорошей матерью - he will * her an excellent husband он будет ей прекрасным мужем - he will * a good musician из него выйдет хороший музыкант - the carpet will * your bed ковер будет служить вам постелью - this room will * a good study из этой комнаты выйдет хороший кабинет как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом образовывать, составлять - to * quorum составлять кворум - to * a House составлять кворум в палате - these books * a set эти книги составляют серию в сочетании с последующим существительным выражает действие, соответствующее значению существительного - to * a jump прыгнуть - to * a bow поклониться - to * a move сделать движение;
    двинуться;
    сделать ход - to * a start начинать;
    отправиться - to * a good start положить хорошее начало - he made an early start он рано отправился (в путь) - to * a stop останавливаться, сделать остановку - to * inquiries справиться, наводить справки - to * a call посетить, нанести (непродолжительный) визит;
    позвонить (по телефону) - I had to * a few calls that's why I was late я должен был зайти в несколько мест, поэтому я опоздал - let me * a call first разрешите я сначала позвоню - to * use of smth., smb. использовать что-л., кого-л. - in his book he has made extensive use of quotations в его книге много цитат в сочетании с последующим прилагательным выражает действие, соответствующее значению прилагательного - to * fast закрепить;
    привязать - to * merry веселиться - to * public обнародовать, сделать общеизвестным;
    сделать общественным, общим, общедоступным - to * good добиться успеха, достичь цели;
    компенсировать, восполнять;
    выполнять (обещанное) - he has talent and he'll * good он талантлив и добьется успеха - we'll * good your losses мы возместим вам ваши убытки - I promised you a present, I'll * good next time я обещал тебе подарок, в следующий раз я не забуду > * sure that the doors are locked проверь, заперты ли двери > to * for smth. способствовать, содействовать чему-л. > this did not * for happiness это не сулило счастья > to * do обходиться тем, что имеется;
    справляться > we must * do on our pension мы должны обойтись одной пенсией > I am happy to * your acquaintance рад с вами познакомиться > to * oneself at home быть как дома;
    хозяйничать > to * long hours очень много /усиленно/ работать > to * up one's mind решить, принять решение;
    решиться > to * no sign и виду не показывать;
    не протестовать > to * a face /faces/ (at smb.) гримасничать, строить гримасы, корчить /строить/ рожи (кому-л.) > to * a wry face сделать недовольную гримасу /кислую физиономию/ > to * eyes at smb. делать /строить/ глазки кому-л. > to * a long nose /(школ) (жаргон) a snook/ at smb. показать "нос" кому-л. > to * a long neck вытянуть шею > to * a long arm for smth. протянуть руку /протянуться/ за чем-л. > to * a little figure играть незначительную роль > to * a poor month прибедняться > to * hay нажиться;
    нагреть руки > to * a hand преуспеть( в чем-л.) ;
    добиться успеха > to * no hand of smth. сделать что-л. скверно, провалиться > to * one's jack (сленг) добиться успеха > to * one's pile нажить /сколотить/ состояние > to * a strike( американизм) напасть на золотую жилу > I made a strike мне здорово повезло > to * one's mark отличиться, добиться успеха;
    (американизм) успеть, поспеть > to * time прийти вовремя /по расписанию/ > to * the train успеть на поезд > to * it добиться своей цели;
    успеть, поспеть;
    (сленг) сожительствовать > I knew that he would * it я знал, что он добьется своего > he'll * it through college он закончит колледж > do you think he will * it? как ты думаешь, он успеет? > to * it to the train успеть /не опоздать/ к поезду > to * a go of it (американизм) добиться успеха, преуспеть > to * short work of smth. быстро справиться /разделаться/ с чем-л. > to * oneself scarce исчезнуть, сгинуть, испариться > to * a run of it убежать, удрать > to * a fight of it оказывать сопротивление > to * a poor fight of it оказывать слабое сопротивление > to * an example of smb. наказать кого-л. в назидание другим > to * a cat's paw of smb. сделать кого-л. своим орудием > to * a bee-line for smth. пойти напрямик /кратчайшим путем/ куда-л. > to * a score off one's own bat сделать (что-л.) без посторонней помощи > to * a save спасти ворота (о вратаре) > to * a stab at smth. попытаться сделать что-л. > to * a shot попытаться угадать > his words made my blood boil у меня от его слов закипела кровь > to * smb.'s brain reel поразить /изумить, ошеломить/ кого-л. > to * smb.'s ears burn говорить о ком-л. за его спиной > to * the ears tingle оглушать;
    резать слух > to * a song and dance about smth. поднимать шум из-за чего-л. > I shall * it hot for him! я ему задам! > to * a time /a day/ of it хорошо провести время, повеселиться > to * good cheer пировать, веселиться > to * whoopee( американизм) кутить, шумно веселиться > to * the welkin ring поднимать неимоверный шум > to * a long story short, to * short of long короче говоря > to * odds even устранить различия, сгладить разницу > to * a purse собирать деньги (особ. по подписке) ;
    откладывать деньги > to * a bag (охота) убить немного дичи > to * book принимать ставки на лошадей > as they * them /'em/ чрезвычайно, исключительно, ужасно, чертовски > he is as stupid as they * them он набитый дурак > to * a hole in smb. всадить пулю в кого-л., застрелить кого-л. > to * a hole in the water утопиться > to * water мочиться;
    дать течь( о корабле) > to * a pint measure hold a quart пытаться сделать явно невозможное > to * a virtue of necessity делать вид, что действуешь добровольно > to * old bones дожить до глубокой старости > * it snappy! покороче!;
    поскорее!;
    живо! > nine tailors * one man из девяти хилых не сделаешь и одного здорового > one fool *s many дураку всегда компания найдется > * haste slowly тише едешь, дальше будешь ~ составлять, равняться;
    2 and 3 make 5 два плюс три равняется пяти to be on the ~ разг. делать карьеру to be on the ~ разг. заниматься( чем-л.) исключительно с корыстной целью ~ вид, форма, фасон, марка;
    стиль;
    тип, модель;
    do you like the make of that coat? вам нравится фасон этого пальто? ~ становиться;
    делаться;
    he will make a good musician из него выйдет хороший музыкант;
    he was made to be an actor он прирожденный актер ~ становиться;
    делаться;
    he will make a good musician из него выйдет хороший музыкант;
    he was made to be an actor он прирожденный актер ~ out справляться (с чем-л.) ;
    преуспевать;
    how did he make out at the examination? как он сдал экзамен? ~ up мириться;
    let us make it up давайте забудем это, давайте помиримся make: to ~ the best of см. best;
    to make a clean sweep of см. sweep ~ вид, форма, фасон, марка;
    стиль;
    тип, модель;
    do you like the make of that coat? вам нравится фасон этого пальто? ~ мор. войти (в порт и т. п.) ~ выработка ~ готовить, приготовлять;
    to make a fire разжигать костер;
    to make tea заваривать чай ~ (made) делать;
    совершать;
    сделать ~ делать ~ есть;
    to make a good breakfast хорошо позавтракать;
    to make a light meal перекусить ~ заключать соглашение ~ зарабатывать ~ изготавливать ~ изготовление ~ изделие ~ конституция, сложение ~ конструкция ~ марка ~ модель ~ назначать (на должность) ;
    производить (в чин) ~ назначать на должность ~ карт. объявление козыря ~ подготавливать ~ получать, приобретать, добывать( деньги, средства) ;
    зарабатывать;
    to make money зарабатывать деньги;
    to make one's living зарабатывать на жизнь ~ продукция, выработка ~ продукция ~ производить ~ производство, работа;
    изделие;
    our own make нашего производства ~ производство ~ процесс становления;
    развитие ~ работа ~ разрабатывать ~ склад характера ~ со сложным дополнением означает заставлять, побуждать;
    make him repeat it заставь(те) его повторить это ~ создавать, образовывать;
    составлять (завещание, документ) ~ составлять, равняться;
    2 and 3 make 5 два плюс три равняется пяти ~ составлять ~ становиться;
    делаться;
    he will make a good musician из него выйдет хороший музыкант;
    he was made to be an actor он прирожденный актер ~ строение ~ вести себя как...;
    строить из себя;
    to make an ass (или a fool) of oneself валять дурака;
    свалять дурака;
    ставить себя в глупое положение;
    поставить себя в глупое положение;
    оскандалиться ~ считать, определять, предполагать;
    what do you make the time? который, по-вашему, час?;
    what am I to make of your behaviour? как я должен понимать ваше поведение? ~ карт. тасование ~ карт. тасовать;
    make after уст. преследовать;
    пускаться вслед ~ творить ~ разг. успеть, поспеть (на поезд и т. п.) ~ форма ~ формировать make: to ~ the best of см. best;
    to make a clean sweep of см. sweep to ~ a dead set at напасть на to ~ a dead set at пристать с ножом к горлу к;
    to make do (with smth.) редк. довольствоваться (чем-л.) set: to make a dead ~ at домогаться любви (внимания и т. п. - обыкн. о женщине) to make a dead ~ at подвергать резкой критике;
    нападать на ~ готовить, приготовлять;
    to make a fire разжигать костер;
    to make tea заваривать чай ~ есть;
    to make a good breakfast хорошо позавтракать;
    to make a light meal перекусить to ~ a journey путешествовать;
    to make progress развиваться;
    делать успехи ~ есть;
    to make a good breakfast хорошо позавтракать;
    to make a light meal перекусить to ~ start начинать;
    to make a mistake (или a blunder) ошибаться;
    делать ошибку;
    сделать ошибку to ~ an answer (или a reply) отвечать;
    to make a pause остановиться;
    to make war воевать;
    вести войну to ~ nothing( of smth.) ничего не понять( в чем-л.) ;
    to make oneself at home быть как дома;
    to make a poor mouth прибедняться ~ карт. тасовать;
    make after уст. преследовать;
    пускаться вслед ~ against говорить не в пользу( кого-л.) to ~ an answer (или a reply) отвечать;
    to make a pause остановиться;
    to make war воевать;
    вести войну ~ away with избавиться, отделаться( от чего-л., кого-л.) ;
    убить (кого-л.) ;
    make away with oneself покончить с собой, совершить самоубийство ~ back вернуться, возвратиться to ~ a dead set at пристать с ножом к горлу к;
    to make do (with smth.) редк. довольствоваться (чем-л.) ~ for нападать;
    набрасываться ~ for направляться ~ for способствовать, содействовать ~ for greater clarity вносить ясность to ~ oneself understood объяснять( - ся) (на иностранном языке) ;
    to make (smth.) grow выращивать( что-л.) ~ со сложным дополнением означает заставлять, побуждать;
    make him repeat it заставь(те) его повторить это ~ получать, приобретать, добывать (деньги, средства) ;
    зарабатывать;
    to make money зарабатывать деньги;
    to make one's living зарабатывать на жизнь money: to make ~ зарабатывать деньги to make ~ разбогатеть;
    in the money разг. богатый to ~ nothing (of smth.) ничего не понять (в чем-л.) ;
    to make oneself at home быть как дома;
    to make a poor mouth прибедняться to ~ nothing (of smth.) считать (что-л.) пустяком;
    легко относиться( к чему-л.) nothing: to make ~ (of smth.) не понять (чего-л.) to make ~ (of smth.) никак не использовать (что-л.) to make ~ (of smth.) пренебрегать( чем-л.), легко относиться (к чему-л.) ~ off убежать, удрать to ~ nothing (of smth.) ничего не понять (в чем-л.) ;
    to make oneself at home быть как дома;
    to make a poor mouth прибедняться to ~ oneself understood объяснять(-ся) (на иностранном языке) ;
    to make (smth.) grow выращивать (что-л.) understand: ~ (understood) понимать;
    to make oneself understood уметь объясниться ~ out выставлять ~ out делать вид;
    притворяться;
    дать понять ~ out доказывать ~ out амер. жить, существовать ~ out разбираться ~ out различать ~ out разобрать ~ out составлять (документ) ;
    выписывать (счет, чек) ~ out составлять ~ out справляться (с чем-л.) ;
    преуспевать;
    how did he make out at the examination? как он сдал экзамен? ~ out справляться ~ out увидеть, различить, понять ~ out a case доказывать справедливость иска ~ out a cheque выписывать чек ~ out an invoice выписывать счет-фактуру ~ over передавать;
    жертвовать ~ over передавать ~ over переделывать to ~ a journey путешествовать;
    to make progress развиваться;
    делать успехи progress: ~ достижения, успехи;
    to make progress делать успехи make ~ делать успехи to ~ start начинать;
    to make a mistake (или a blunder) ошибаться;
    делать ошибку;
    сделать ошибку to ~ sure обеспечить;
    to make time out амер. поспешить, помчаться to ~ sure убеждаться;
    удостовериться ~ готовить, приготовлять;
    to make a fire разжигать костер;
    to make tea заваривать чай tea: Russian ~ чай с лимоном (подается в стаканах) ;
    to make (the) tea заваривать чай make: to ~ the best of см. best;
    to make a clean sweep of см. sweep to ~ sure обеспечить;
    to make time out амер. поспешить, помчаться to ~ (smb.) understand дать (кому-л.) понять ~ up полигр. верстать ~ up возмещать ~ up восполнять ~ up выдумывать ~ up гримировать(ся) ~ up изготавливать ~ up компенсировать ~ up мириться;
    let us make it up давайте забудем это, давайте помиримся ~ up подкраситься, подмазаться ~ up подлизываться, подхалимничать;
    to make up (to smb.) заискивать, лебезить( перед кем-л.) ~ up подлизываться, подхалимничать;
    to make up (to smb.) заискивать, лебезить (перед кем-л.) ~ up подходить, приближаться ~ up пополнять, возмещать, компенсировать;
    наверстывать ~ up приближаться ~ up собирать ~ up составлять, собирать;
    комплектовать ~ up составлять ~ up устраивать, улаживать ~ up шить;
    кроить ~ up for возмещать ~ up for восполнять ~ up for компенсировать to ~ an answer (или a reply) отвечать;
    to make a pause остановиться;
    to make war воевать;
    вести войну ~ производство, работа;
    изделие;
    our own make нашего производства ~ считать, определять, предполагать;
    what do you make the time? который, по-вашему, час?;
    what am I to make of your behaviour? как я должен понимать ваше поведение? ~ считать, определять, предполагать;
    what do you make the time? который, по-вашему, час?;
    what am I to make of your behaviour? как я должен понимать ваше поведение?

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > make

  • 19 ley

    f.
    law (norma, precepto).
    de buena ley reliable, sterling
    ley marcial martial law
    ley de la oferta y la demanda law of supply and demand
    la ley de la selva the law of the jungle
    * * *
    1 (gen) law; (proyecto de ley) bill, act; (regla) rule
    2 (de metal) purity
    \
    aprobar una ley to pass a bill
    de ley (oro) pure 2 (plata) sterling 3 (persona) genuine
    ¡es ley de vida! that's life!, that's the way the cookie crumbles!
    estar fuera de la ley to be outside the law
    hecha la ley, hecha la trampa whatever the law, there's always a loophole, laws are made to be broken
    por ley by law
    la ley del más fuerte the law of the jungle
    ley del embudo double standards plural
    ley marcial martial law
    ley orgánica constitutional law
    ley sálica Salic law
    ley seca prohibition law
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) law
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=precepto) law

    aprobar o votar una ley — to pass a law

    de acuerdo con la ley, según la ley — in accordance with the law, by law, in law

    con todas las de la ley —

    va a protestar, y con todas las de la ley — he's going to complain and rightly so

    ley de fugas, se le aplicó la ley de fugas — he was shot while trying to escape

    2) (=regla no escrita) law

    ley de la calle — mob law, lynch law

    ley del Talión — ( Hist) lex talionis; (fig) (principle of) an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth

    3) (=principio científico) law

    ley natural — (Fís) law of nature; (Ética) natural law

    4) (Dep) rule, law
    5) (Rel)

    la ley de Dios — the rule of God, God's law

    6) (Metal)

    oro de ley — pure gold, standard gold

    7) † (=lealtad) loyalty, devotion

    tener/tomar ley a algn — to be/become devoted to sb

    * * *

    es ley de vida — it is a fact of life

    hacerle la ley del hielo a alguien — (Chi, Méx) to give somebody the cold shoulder

    la ley de la selva or de la jungla — the law of the jungle

    la ley del mínimo esfuerzo — the line of least resistance

    morir en su ley — (Andes) to die as one lived

    ley pareja no es dura — (CS) a rule isn't unfair if it applies to everyone

    2) ( justicia)

    con todas las de la ley: ganó con todas las de la ley she won very deservedly; una comida con todas las de la ley a proper meal; una democracia con todas las de la ley — a fully-fledged democracy

    4) (de oro, plata) assay value
    * * *
    = bill, law, legislative enactment, act.
    Ex. The conference debated a library bill which aims to set up public libraries in all municipalities with over 30,000 inhabitants.
    Ex. A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.
    Ex. Apply this rule to legislative enactments and decrees of a political jurisdiction and decrees of a chief executive having the force of law.
    Ex. This act allowed for the establishment of town libraries, which were free and open to all ratepayers and provided by funds from local rates.
    ----
    * acatar la ley = follow + the law.
    * acatar las leyes = keep on + the right side of the law.
    * al borde de la ley = on the edge of the law.
    * al margen de la ley = extra-judicial.
    * ante la ley = at law.
    * anteproyecto de ley = draft of legislation, draft bill.
    * aprobar una ley = pass + law, pass + legislation, pass + bill.
    * ausencia de ley = anomie.
    * autoridad sancionadora de ley = enactor of law.
    * castigar con todo el peso de la ley = punish + to the full extent of the law.
    * confección de leyes = law-making [lawmaking/law making].
    * con todas las de la ley = full-bodied, full-fledged, full-scale.
    * con todo el peso de la ley = to the full extent of the law.
    * contravenir la ley = contravene + the law, break + the law.
    * contravenir una ley = be in breach of + law.
    * creación de leyes = rulemaking [rule-making].
    * creador de leyes = rule-maker [rulemaker].
    * cumplidor de las leyes = law abiding.
    * cumplir la ley = observe + the law.
    * de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.
    * de ley = kosher.
    * dentro de la ley = within the law.
    * elaboración de leyes = rulemaking [rule-making].
    * espíritu de la ley, el = spirit of the law, the.
    * formulación de leyes = rulemaking [rule-making].
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * infractor de la ley = scofflaw.
    * infringir la ley = break + the law.
    * infringir una ley = infringe + law, violate + law, breach + law, be in breach of + law.
    * interpretar la ley = interpret + the law.
    * interpretar la ley según le convenga mejor a Uno = bend + the rules to suit + Posesivo + own purposes, bend + the rules, circumvent + rules.
    * ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.
    * legislación por decreto ley = delegated legislation.
    * ley antigua = ancient law.
    * ley antiterrorista = terrorism act.
    * ley consuetudinaria = customary law.
    * ley cósmica = cosmic law.
    * ley de bibliotecas = library law.
    * ley de bibliotecas, la = library act, the.
    * ley de copyright = copyright law.
    * ley de derechos de autor = copyright law.
    * ley de dispersión = law of scattering.
    * Ley de Dispersión de Bradford = Bradford's distribution law, Bradford's Law of Scatter, Bradford's Law of Scattering.
    * ley de frecuencias de palabras de Zipf = Zipf's word frequency law.
    * ley de la gravedad, la = law of gravity, the.
    * ley de la oferta y la demanda = law of supply and demand.
    * ley de la selva, la = law of the jungle, the.
    * Ley del Derecho a la Privacidad = privacy law, privacy protection law, Privacy Act.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * Ley de los Medicamentos Raros, la = Orphan Drug Act, the.
    * ley de los rendimientos decrecientes = law of diminishing returns.
    * Ley de Lotka, la = Lotka's Law.
    * ley del secreto industrial = trade secret law.
    * ley de Pareto = Pareto's law.
    * ley de pesos y medidas = weights and measures act.
    * ley de productividad científica de Lotka = Lotka's scientific productivity law.
    * Ley de Propiedad Intelectual, la = intellectual property law, Copyright Act, the.
    * ley de relación exponencial inversa al cuadrado = inverse square law.
    * ley de relación exponencial inversa al cubo = inverse cube law.
    * ley de responsabilidad por el producto = product liability law.
    * Ley de Simplificación de los Procesos Administrativos = Paperwork Reduction Act.
    * ley de sucesión = inheritance law.
    * ley de vida = fact of life, laws of nature.
    * ley draconiana = draconian law.
    * leyes científicas = laws of physics.
    * leyes contra la difamación = laws of libel.
    * leyes de la ciencia = laws of physics.
    * leyes de la física = laws of physics.
    * leyes de la naturaleza = nature's laws, laws of nature.
    * leyes sobre la igualdad = equity laws.
    * leyes sobre patentes = patent law.
    * leyes vigentes = the law of the land.
    * ley exponencial = power law.
    * ley exponencial inversa = inverse power law.
    * ley marcial = martial law.
    * Ley Patriótica, La = USA Patriot Act, the.
    * ley penal = penal law.
    * ley sobre contratos = contract law.
    * ley sucesoria = inheritance law.
    * ley tribal = tribal law.
    * ley tributaria = tax bill.
    * no infringir las leyes = stay on + the right side of the law, keep on + the right side of the law.
    * obedecer la ley = observe + the law, follow + the law.
    * organismo encargado de hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcing agency.
    * por ley = mandated.
    * promulgar leyes = enact + legislation.
    * promulgar una ley = enact + law, promulgate + rule, promulgate + law.
    * proteger por ley = protect by + law.
    * proyecto de ley = green paper, legislative bill.
    * quebrantar la ley = break + the law.
    * rechazar una ley = defeat + legislation.
    * redactar leyes = draft + legislation.
    * redactar una ley = draft + law.
    * respetar la ley = observe + the law.
    * respetar las leyes = stay on + the right side of the law, keep on + the right side of the law.
    * respetuoso de la ley = law abiding.
    * saltarse la ley a la torera = flout + the law.
    * ser responsable ante la ley = be criminally liable.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * transgresor de la ley = lawbreaker.
    * valor de ley = force of law.
    * violación de la ley = breach of legislation.
    * violar una ley = violate + law, break + the law, be in breach of + law.
    * * *

    es ley de vida — it is a fact of life

    hacerle la ley del hielo a alguien — (Chi, Méx) to give somebody the cold shoulder

    la ley de la selva or de la jungla — the law of the jungle

    la ley del mínimo esfuerzo — the line of least resistance

    morir en su ley — (Andes) to die as one lived

    ley pareja no es dura — (CS) a rule isn't unfair if it applies to everyone

    2) ( justicia)

    con todas las de la ley: ganó con todas las de la ley she won very deservedly; una comida con todas las de la ley a proper meal; una democracia con todas las de la ley — a fully-fledged democracy

    4) (de oro, plata) assay value
    * * *
    = bill, law, legislative enactment, act.

    Ex: The conference debated a library bill which aims to set up public libraries in all municipalities with over 30,000 inhabitants.

    Ex: A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.
    Ex: Apply this rule to legislative enactments and decrees of a political jurisdiction and decrees of a chief executive having the force of law.
    Ex: This act allowed for the establishment of town libraries, which were free and open to all ratepayers and provided by funds from local rates.
    * acatar la ley = follow + the law.
    * acatar las leyes = keep on + the right side of the law.
    * al borde de la ley = on the edge of the law.
    * al margen de la ley = extra-judicial.
    * ante la ley = at law.
    * anteproyecto de ley = draft of legislation, draft bill.
    * aprobar una ley = pass + law, pass + legislation, pass + bill.
    * ausencia de ley = anomie.
    * autoridad sancionadora de ley = enactor of law.
    * castigar con todo el peso de la ley = punish + to the full extent of the law.
    * confección de leyes = law-making [lawmaking/law making].
    * con todas las de la ley = full-bodied, full-fledged, full-scale.
    * con todo el peso de la ley = to the full extent of the law.
    * contravenir la ley = contravene + the law, break + the law.
    * contravenir una ley = be in breach of + law.
    * creación de leyes = rulemaking [rule-making].
    * creador de leyes = rule-maker [rulemaker].
    * cumplidor de las leyes = law abiding.
    * cumplir la ley = observe + the law.
    * de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.
    * de ley = kosher.
    * dentro de la ley = within the law.
    * elaboración de leyes = rulemaking [rule-making].
    * espíritu de la ley, el = spirit of the law, the.
    * formulación de leyes = rulemaking [rule-making].
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * infractor de la ley = scofflaw.
    * infringir la ley = break + the law.
    * infringir una ley = infringe + law, violate + law, breach + law, be in breach of + law.
    * interpretar la ley = interpret + the law.
    * interpretar la ley según le convenga mejor a Uno = bend + the rules to suit + Posesivo + own purposes, bend + the rules, circumvent + rules.
    * ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.
    * legislación por decreto ley = delegated legislation.
    * ley antigua = ancient law.
    * ley antiterrorista = terrorism act.
    * ley consuetudinaria = customary law.
    * ley cósmica = cosmic law.
    * ley de bibliotecas = library law.
    * ley de bibliotecas, la = library act, the.
    * ley de copyright = copyright law.
    * ley de derechos de autor = copyright law.
    * ley de dispersión = law of scattering.
    * Ley de Dispersión de Bradford = Bradford's distribution law, Bradford's Law of Scatter, Bradford's Law of Scattering.
    * ley de frecuencias de palabras de Zipf = Zipf's word frequency law.
    * ley de la gravedad, la = law of gravity, the.
    * ley de la oferta y la demanda = law of supply and demand.
    * ley de la selva, la = law of the jungle, the.
    * Ley del Derecho a la Privacidad = privacy law, privacy protection law, Privacy Act.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * Ley de los Medicamentos Raros, la = Orphan Drug Act, the.
    * ley de los rendimientos decrecientes = law of diminishing returns.
    * Ley de Lotka, la = Lotka's Law.
    * ley del secreto industrial = trade secret law.
    * ley de Pareto = Pareto's law.
    * ley de pesos y medidas = weights and measures act.
    * ley de productividad científica de Lotka = Lotka's scientific productivity law.
    * Ley de Propiedad Intelectual, la = intellectual property law, Copyright Act, the.
    * ley de relación exponencial inversa al cuadrado = inverse square law.
    * ley de relación exponencial inversa al cubo = inverse cube law.
    * ley de responsabilidad por el producto = product liability law.
    * Ley de Simplificación de los Procesos Administrativos = Paperwork Reduction Act.
    * ley de sucesión = inheritance law.
    * ley de vida = fact of life, laws of nature.
    * ley draconiana = draconian law.
    * leyes = the law of the land.
    * leyes científicas = laws of physics.
    * leyes contra la difamación = laws of libel.
    * leyes de la ciencia = laws of physics.
    * leyes de la física = laws of physics.
    * leyes de la naturaleza = nature's laws, laws of nature.
    * leyes sobre la igualdad = equity laws.
    * leyes sobre patentes = patent law.
    * leyes vigentes = the law of the land.
    * ley exponencial = power law.
    * ley exponencial inversa = inverse power law.
    * ley marcial = martial law.
    * Ley Patriótica, La = USA Patriot Act, the.
    * ley penal = penal law.
    * ley sobre contratos = contract law.
    * ley sucesoria = inheritance law.
    * ley tribal = tribal law.
    * ley tributaria = tax bill.
    * no infringir las leyes = stay on + the right side of the law, keep on + the right side of the law.
    * obedecer la ley = observe + the law, follow + the law.
    * organismo encargado de hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcing agency.
    * por ley = mandated.
    * promulgar leyes = enact + legislation.
    * promulgar una ley = enact + law, promulgate + rule, promulgate + law.
    * proteger por ley = protect by + law.
    * proyecto de ley = green paper, legislative bill.
    * quebrantar la ley = break + the law.
    * rechazar una ley = defeat + legislation.
    * redactar leyes = draft + legislation.
    * redactar una ley = draft + law.
    * respetar la ley = observe + the law.
    * respetar las leyes = stay on + the right side of the law, keep on + the right side of the law.
    * respetuoso de la ley = law abiding.
    * saltarse la ley a la torera = flout + the law.
    * ser responsable ante la ley = be criminally liable.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * transgresor de la ley = lawbreaker.
    * valor de ley = force of law.
    * violación de la ley = breach of legislation.
    * violar una ley = violate + law, break + the law, be in breach of + law.

    * * *
    conforme a la leyor según disponen las leyes in accordance with the law
    promulgar/dictar una ley to promulgate/issue a law
    aprobar/derogar una ley to pass/repeal a law
    aplicar una ley to apply a law
    se acogió a la ley de ciudadanía he sought protection under the citizenship law
    violar la ley to break the law
    atenerse a la ley to abide by o obey the law
    es ley de vida it is a fact of life
    hacerle la ley del hielo a algn (Chi, Méx); to give sb the cold shoulder
    la ley de la selva or de la jungla the law of the jungle
    la ley del más fuerte the survival of the fittest
    la ley del mínimo esfuerzo the line of least resistance
    la ley del Talión an eye for an eye
    aplicar la ley del Talión to demand an eye for an eye
    morir en su ley ( Andes); to die as one lived
    tenerle ley a algn ( Chi fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    ley pareja no es dura or rigurosa (CS); a rule isn't unfair if it applies to everyone
    Compuestos:
    (en Esp) ≈ immigration laws (pl)
    (Andes, Méx): aplicarle a algn la ley de fuga(s) the practice of allowing a prisoner to escape and then shooting him/her in the back
    advantage rule
    unfair law/rule
    organic law
    la ley seca Prohibition
    tax law
    B
    (justicia): la ley the law
    todos somos iguales ante la ley we are all equal in the eyes of the law o under the law
    un representante de la ley a representative of the law
    con todas las de la ley: ganó con todas las de la ley she won very fairly o rightly o deservedly
    Compuestos:
    martial law
    Salic law
    C
    las leyes de la física the laws of physics
    2 ( Bib) law
    Compuestos:
    law of gravity
    law of supply and demand
    fpl Mendel's laws (pl)
    D (de oro, plata) assay value
    de buena ley genuine
    * * *

     

    ley sustantivo femenino
    1 ( en general) law;

    iguales ante la ley equal in the eyes of the law;
    ley de la oferta y la demanda law of supply and demand;
    la ley del más fuerte the survival of the fittest;
    ley pareja no es dura (CS) a rule isn't unfair if it applies to everyone
    2 (de oro, plata) assay value
    ley sustantivo femenino law
    Rel la ley del aborto, the abortion law
    la ley judía/cristiana, Jewish/Christian law
    ley marcial, martial law
    una ley de protección del patrimonio artístico, a law on artistic heritage protection
    la ley de la selva, the law of the jungle
    Pol proyecto de ley, bill
    ♦ Locuciones: es una persona de ley, he's a reliable person
    oro de ley, pure gold
    plata de ley, sterling silver
    ' ley' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acogerse
    - adelante
    - anteproyecto
    - anular
    - anulación
    - aplicarse
    - aprobar
    - calle
    - codificar
    - decreto
    - derogación
    - dictar
    - estatuto
    - formular
    - hallar
    - igualdad
    - impugnar
    - infringir
    - LOGSE
    - observar
    - oposición
    - oro
    - plata
    - proscrita
    - proscrito
    - proyecto
    - radical
    - reformar
    - regir
    - relajar
    - respetar
    - retroactiva
    - retroactivo
    - rigor
    - sálica
    - sálico
    - sancionar
    - selva
    - someterse
    - supresión
    - suprimir
    - tabla
    - talión
    - título
    - universal
    - vigencia
    - vigente
    - vigor
    - violar
    - violación
    English:
    act
    - apply
    - arm
    - bill
    - breach
    - break
    - bring in
    - carry
    - date back to
    - date from
    - defy
    - effect
    - enact
    - enforce
    - equal
    - fingertip
    - frame
    - framework
    - full-fledged
    - go through
    - implement
    - infringe
    - infringement
    - introduce
    - introduction
    - jungle
    - keep
    - law
    - legal
    - letter
    - liberal
    - move
    - muscle
    - obey
    - observance
    - observe
    - pass
    - passing
    - provoke
    - repeal
    - repudiate
    - reversal
    - revival
    - revive
    - scope
    - section
    - sod
    - stand
    - state
    - statutory
    * * *
    ley nf
    1. [norma] law;
    [parlamentaria] act;
    hecha la ley, hecha la trampa laws are made to be broken;
    leyes [derecho] law
    ley de extranjería immigration law;
    ley de fugas = illegal execution of prisoner, pretending that he was shot while trying to escape;
    ley fundamental basic law, constitutional law;
    ley de incompatibilidades = act regulating which other positions may be held by people holding public office;
    ley marcial martial law;
    Pol ley marco framework law; Pol ley orgánica organic law; Hist ley sálica Salic law;
    ley seca prohibition law;
    Dep ley de la ventaja advantage (law);
    aplicar la ley de la ventaja to play the advantage
    2. [precepto religioso] law
    la ley coránica Koranic law;
    la ley judía Jewish law
    3. [principio] law
    Fam ley del embudo one law for oneself and another for everyone else;
    la ley del más fuerte the survival of the fittest;
    la ley del mínimo esfuerzo: [m5] seguir la ley del mínimo esfuerzo to take the line of least resistance;
    ley natural law of nature;
    ley de la oferta y de la demanda law of supply and demand;
    la ley de la selva the law of the jungle;
    la ley del talión an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth;
    no cree en la ley del talión she doesn't believe in “an eye for an eye”;
    ley de vida: [m5] es ley de vida it's a fact of life
    4.
    la ley [la justicia] the law;
    la igualdad ante la ley equality before the law;
    Fam
    con todas las de la ley: ganaron con todas las de la ley they won fair and square;
    ser de ley [situación] to be right and proper;
    [persona] to be totally trustworthy
    5. [de metal precioso]
    de ley [oro] = containing the legal amount of gold;
    [plata] sterling;
    de buena ley reliable, sterling;
    de mala ley crooked, disreputable
    * * *
    f law;
    es la ley del más fuerte might is right;
    una ley no escrita an unwritten law;
    con todas las de la ley fairly and squarely
    * * *
    ley nf
    1) : law
    fuera de la ley: outside the law
    la ley de gravedad: the law of gravity
    2) : purity (of metals)
    oro de ley: pure gold
    * * *
    ley n law

    Spanish-English dictionary > ley

  • 20 pie

    m.
    1 foot.
    a pie on foot
    prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot
    estar de o en pie to be on one's feet o standing
    ponerse de o en pie to stand up
    llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours
    perder/no hacer pie to go/to be out of one's depth
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters
    pies planos flat feet
    2 stand.
    pie de foto caption
    3 cue (Teatro).
    4 leg, central support.
    5 Computer Science Academic Program.
    6 pes.
    pret.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) Preterite Indicative of Spanish verb: piar.
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA foot
    5 (de un documento) foot; (de una fotografía, dibujo) caption
    \
    a los pies de la cama at the foot of the bed
    a pie on foot
    al pie de (cerca) close by
    al pie de la letra word for word
    al pie del cañón familiar hard at it, working
    creer algo a pies juntillas familiar to believe something implicitly
    dar pie a to give occasion for
    de los pies a la cabeza from head to toe
    empezar con buen/mal pie to start off on the right/wrong foot
    estar en pie de guerra to be on a war footing 2 figurado to be on the war path
    hacer pie to touch the bottom
    ir con pies de plomo to tread very carefully
    nacer de pie to be born with a silver spoon in one's mouth
    no dar pie con bola to mess everything up, not get anything right
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to be ludicrous, be absurd
    pararle los pies a alguien to put somebody in their place
    poner los pies en to set foot in
    ponerse de/en pie to get to one's feet, stand up
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know what somebody's weakness is
    tenerse de pie to keep on one's feet
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    pies planos flat feet
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) foot
    2) cue
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Anat) foot

    poner el pie en el acelerador — (lit) to step on the gas *; (fig) to speed things up, step up the pace

    pies de cerdo — (Culin) (pig's) trotters

    2) [locuciones]

    • a pie — on foot

    ir a pie — to go on foot, walk

    • estar de pie — to be standing (up)

    permanecieron mucho tiempo de pie — they were standing for a long time, they were on their feet a long time

    • en pie, llevo en pie desde las cuatro — I've been up since four

    mantenerse en pie — [persona] to stay standing o on one's feet; [objeto] to remain upright

    ganado en pie — LAm cattle on the hoof

    • a pie enjuto — † (lit) dry-shod; (fig) without danger, without any risk

    • a pie firme † —

    • ponerse de o en pie — to stand up

    gente de a pie — common o ordinary folk

    soldado de a pie — ( Hist) foot-soldier

    se lo llevaron con los pies por delante — he left feet first, he left in a (wooden) box

    desde el pasado sábado, mi padre no ha puesto los pies en casa — my father hasn't set foot in the house since last Saturday

    - poner los pies en polvorosa

    sin pies ni cabeza —

    el mensaje no tenía ni pies ni cabeza — the message didn't make any sense at all, I couldn't make head or tail of the message

    buscar 1., 1), a)
    3) (=base) [de columna, estatua, lámpara] base; [de cama] foot; [de colina, escalera] foot, bottom; [de copa] stem; [de calcetín] foot

    al pie del monte — at the foot o bottom of the mountain

    al pie de ese edificio — next to that building, right beside that building

    al pie de la obra — (Com) including delivery charges

    al pie del cañón —

    4) [de página] foot, bottom; [de foto] caption
    5) (Bot) [de árbol] trunk; [de planta] stem; [de rosa] stock
    6) (=unidad de medida) foot
    7) (Teat) cue
    8) [de vino] sediment
    9) (=causa)

    • dar pie a — to give cause for

    10) (=posición)

    • estar en pie de igualdad — to be on an equal footing ( con with)

    estar en pie de guerra — (lit) to be on a war footing, be ready to go to war; (fig) to be on the warpath

    11) (Literat) foot
    12) Cono Sur * (=pago) deposit, down payment
    13)

    pie de vía — CAm (Aut) indicator, turn signal (EEUU)

    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (Anat) foot

    a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

    hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

    al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

    2)
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot
    b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

    una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

    al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

    al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

    d) ( de cama) tb

    pies — foot

    3) (Bot) cutting, slip
    4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot
    •
    II [pai]
    masculino (AmL) pie
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (Anat) foot

    a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

    hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

    al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

    2)
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot
    b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

    una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

    al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

    al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

    d) ( de cama) tb

    pies — foot

    3) (Bot) cutting, slip
    4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot
    •
    II [pai]
    masculino (AmL) pie
    * * *
    pie1
    1 = foot [feet, -pl.], tail, toe.

    Ex: She was tapping with her foot on the carpet.

    Ex: The top and bottom of the book are known as the head and tail respectively, and the front is the fore-edge (rhymes with porridge); similarly the margins round the type on each page are called the head, tail, outer (at the fore-edge), and inner margins.
    Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.
    * alfombra de pie de cama = bedside rug.
    * al pie (de) = at the bottom (of), at the foot (of).
    * al pie de la letra = to the letter.
    * andar con pies de plomo = tread + warily.
    * andarse con pies de plomo = walk on + eggshells.
    * apagar un fuego con los pies = stomp out + fire.
    * a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.
    * a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.
    * a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * apoyo para los pies = footrest.
    * arrastrando los pies = shuffling.
    * arrastrar los pies = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.
    * arreglarse los pies = pedicure.
    * atar de pies y manos = hogtie.
    * bajo los pies = underfoot.
    * baño de pies = footbath.
    * bomba de pie = foot pump.
    * buscarle cinco pies al gato = split + hairs.
    * buscarle los tres pies al gato = nitpick.
    * buscarle tres pies al gato = split + hairs.
    * caer de pie = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.
    * carrera a pie = foot race.
    * comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con los pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con un pie en la tumba = over the hill.
    * cuidado de los pies = footcare.
    * dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dedo del pie = toe.
    * dedo gordo del pie, el = big toe, the.
    * dedo meñique del pie = pinkie toe.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * dejar de pie = leave + standing.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de nuevo en pie = up and about.
    * de pies a cabeza = from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de pies ligeros = swift-footed.
    * de pies planos = flat-footed.
    * desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * distancia a pie = walking distance.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.
    * en pie = up and about.
    * en pie de guerra = on the warpath.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * estar de pie = stand.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * freno de pie = foot brake [footbrake].
    * gente de a pie = ordinary people.
    * hombre de a pie, el = man-on-the-street, man in the street, the.
    * ir a pie = leg it.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * lámpara de pie = standing lamp, floor lamp.
    * levantarse con el pie izquierdo = wake up on + the wrong side of the bed, get up on + the wrong side of the bed.
    * mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * no encontrar ni el pie ni la cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.
    * nota a pie de página = footnote.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of, be pointless.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.
    * perchero de pie = coat-stand.
    * perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.
    * pie de atleta = athlete's foot.
    * pie de imprenta = edition imprint, imprint statement, imprint.
    * pie de obra = building site.
    * pie de página = footer.
    * pie de página repetido = running foot, footline.
    * pie de pie = standing.
    * Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.
    * pies planos = flat feet, pes planus, fallen arches.
    * pies sobre la tierra = feet on the ground.
    * planta del pie = sole.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner pie en = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * retrete de pie = squat toilet, squatty potty, squat loo.
    * sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.
    * sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.
    * salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.
    * seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.
    * seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.
    * seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.
    * sin pies ni cabeza = without rhyme or reason.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tiña del pie = tinea pedis.
    * uña del pie = toenail.
    * visita a pie = walking tour.

    pie2
    2 = foot [feet, -pl.].

    Ex: Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.

    * de un pie de grosor = foot-thick.
    * pie cuadrado = square foot (sq. ft.).
    * pie lineal = linear foot.

    pie3
    3 = winter.
    Nota: En la prensa antigua de madera, travesaño que unía los postes de madera verticales que servían de soporte a toda la prensa por la parte de abajo y que servía de soporte al ensamblaje de transporte carriage assembly.

    Ex: The chief members of the impression carriage were two upright cheeks about 2 m. high and placed 60-65 cm. apart, carrying between them the winter and, above it, the head, two massive cross timbers mortised into the cheeks which contained the vertical thrust of the impression.

    * * *
    pie1
    A
    no arrastres los pies don't drag your feet
    tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet
    se echó a sus pies ( liter); he threw himself at her feet ( frml)
    a sus pies, señora ( frml); at your service, madam ( frml)
    2 ( en locs):
    a pie on foot
    queda muy cerca, podemos ir a pie it's very near, we can walk o go on foot
    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? shall we walk or take the car?
    esta semana ando a pie ( AmL); I'm walking everywhere this week
    una nota a pie de página a note at the foot of the page
    viviendas a pie de playa ( Esp); houses with access to the beach
    oficina a pie de calle ( Esp); office with direct access to the street
    una entrevista a piecalle ( Esp); an interview in the street
    experimentos a pie de aula ( Esp); experiments in the classroom
    al pie ( Col); very close, just round the corner
    de pie standing
    estuvimos de pie casi dos horas we were standing (up) o we were on our feet for almost two hours
    tuvimos que viajar de pie todo el camino we had to stand all the way
    ponte de pie stand up
    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete de la mañana I've been up since seven o'clock this morning
    ya no podía tenerme en pie I could hardly walk/stand, I was ready to drop
    sólo la pequeña iglesia quedó en pie only the little church remained standing
    queda en pie la cita para mañana our date for tomorrow is still on
    mi oferta/la promesa sigue en pie my offer/the promise still stands
    ganado en pie ( AmL); livestock, cattle on the hoof
    a pie pelado ( Chi); barefoot, in one's bare feet
    a pie(s) juntillas: está siguiendo a pies juntillas las indicaciones de sus superiores he's following his bosses' instructions to the letter
    se cree a pies juntillas todo lo que le dicen he blindly believes every word he's told
    buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato ( fam) (buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters, make life difficult; (exponerse al peligro) to ask for trouble ( colloq)
    cojear del mismo pie ( fam); to be two of a kind ( colloq), to be tarred with the same brush ( colloq)
    con buen pieor con el pie derecho: a ver si mañana nos levantamos con el pie derecho I hope things will get off to a better start tomorrow
    con los pies ( fam); badly
    esta camisa la debes haber planchado con los pies this shirt looks as if you ironed it with your eyes closed
    una solicitud escrita con los pies a very poorly written letter of application
    el gerente lleva la empresa con los pies the manager is making a hash o mess of running the company ( colloq)
    de esta casa me sacarán con los pies por delante they'll have to carry me out of this house feet first o in a box ( colloq euph)
    con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground
    tiene los pies bien puestos sobre la tierra she has her feet firmly on the ground
    empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start, she started badly
    hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today ( AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today ( BrE)
    con pie(s) de plomo ( fam); very carefully o warily
    ándate con pies de plomo tread very warily o carefully
    dar pie a algo to give rise to sth
    su conducta dio pie a murmuraciones her behavior gave rise to o sparked off rumors
    no quiero que esto dé pie a una discusión I don't want this to cause o to be the cause of an argument
    darle pie a algn: no le des pie para que te siga criticando don't give him cause o reason o grounds to criticize you again
    de a pie common, ordinary
    el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person
    a mí me gusta hablar con la gente de a pie I like talking to ordinary people
    de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe ( colloq)
    echar pie atrás ( Chi); to back down
    en pie de guerra on a war footing, ready for war, on full alert
    en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing, on equal terms
    estar a pie ( Chi fam); to be lost ( colloq)
    estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot, have one's hands tied
    estar con un pie en el estribo ( fam); to be about to leave
    me pillas con un pie en el estribo I was just on my way out o about to leave
    ya están con un pie en el estribo they're all set to go
    estar con un pie en la tumba or sepultura to have one foot in the grave
    hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom
    yo aquí no hago pie I can't touch the bottom here, I'm out of my depth here
    írsele los pies a algn: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still
    leche al pie de la vaca ( AmL); milk fresh from the cow
    nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star
    no doy/da pie con bola ( fam); I/he can't get a thing right
    no estirar los pies más de lo que da la frazada ( RPl fam); to cut one's coat according to one's cloth
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever
    el ensayo no tenía ni pies ni cabeza the essay made no sense whatsoever o was totally unintelligible
    un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan
    pararle a algn los pies ( Esp); to take sb down a peg or two, put sb in his/her place ( colloq)
    perder pie (en el agua) to get out of one's depth; (resbalarse) to lose one's footing; (confundirse) to slip up
    pies de barro feet of clay
    un héroe con pies de barro a hero with feet of clay
    poner (los) pies en polvorosa ( fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)
    poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place
    hoy no he puesto pie en la calle I haven't set foot outside the house today
    por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
    saber de qué pie cojea algn ( Esp fam); to know sb's faults o weak points
    salir por pies ( Esp fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)
    ser más viejo que andar a pie (CS fam); to be as old as the hills ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    high instep
    athlete's foot
    ( Chi) dogtooth
    clubfoot
    B
    1 (de un calcetín, una media) foot
    2 (de una lámpara, columna) base; (de una copa — base) base; (— parte vertical) stem
    4 (de una página, un escrito) foot, bottom
    una nota a or al pie de página a footnote
    remita el cupón que se acompaña al pie send off the coupon below
    un pueblo al pieor a los pies de la montaña a village at the foot of the mountain
    sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra follow my instructions to the letter o exactly
    repetí al pie de la letra lo que me dijiste I repeated word for word o exactly what you told me
    todos se habían ido, pero nosotros seguíamos al pie del cañón everyone had left, but we were still hard at it o still working away
    pies mpl foot
    Compuestos:
    little end
    name and title of signatory
    caption
    ( Col) (personal) manpower; ( Mil) standing army
    imprint
    footer
    slide gauge
    C ( Bot) cutting, slip
    Compuesto:
    rootstock
    ocho pies cuadrados eight square feet
    E ( Lit) foot
    Compuesto:
    F ( Chi) (depósito) down payment
    pie2
    /pai/
    ( AmL)
    pie
    * * *

     

    Del verbo piar: ( conjugate piar)

    pié es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    píe es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    piar    
    pie
    piar ( conjugate piar) verbo intransitivo
    to chirp, tweet
    pie 1 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Anat) foot;


    tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet;
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    b) ( en locs)


    ir a pie to go on foot, walk;
    hoy ando a pie (AmL) I'm without wheels today;
    de pie standing;
    ponte de pie stand up;
    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock;
    no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand;
    solo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing;
    mi oferta sigue en pie my offer still stands;
    a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet;
    de a pie common, ordinary;
    de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq);
    en pie de guerra on a war footing;
    en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
    hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom;
    levantarse con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever;
    por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
    2
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot

    b) (de lámpara, columna) base;

    ( de copa — base) base;
    (— parte vertical) stem;
    ( de montaña) foot
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom;

    una nota a or al pie de página a footnote;

    al pie de la letra ‹copiar/repetir› word by word, exactly
    d) ( de cama) tb


    3
    a) ( medida) foot

    b) (Lit) foot

    pie 2 /pai/ sustantivo masculino (AmL) pie
    piar vi (pájaro) to chirp, cheep, tweet
    pie sustantivo masculino
    1 (de una persona) foot
    ponerse de pie, to stand up
    pies planos, flat feet
    2 (de una columna, lámpara, etc) base
    3 (de una copa) stem
    4 (de una fotografía) caption
    5 (de un texto) foot
    una nota a pie de página, a footnote
    6 (medida) foot
    ♦ Locuciones: dar pie a, to give cause for
    a pies juntillas, blindly
    al pie de la letra, to the letter
    con buen/mal pie, on the right/wrong footing
    con pies de plomo, cautiously
    de pie, standing up
    de pies a cabeza, from head to foot
    ' pie' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - bola
    - caminar
    - cañón
    - ciudadana
    - ciudadano
    - cojear
    - compartir
    - dedo
    - dormirse
    - empanada
    - enredarse
    - excursionista
    - flojera
    - gráfica
    - gráfico
    - guerra
    - hormiguear
    - hormigueo
    - lámpara
    - letra
    - levantarse
    - migaja
    - nacer
    - parada
    - parado
    - pararse
    - pastel
    - patear
    - patín
    - perchero
    - planta
    - pulgar
    - punta
    - reloj
    - resistir
    - sostenerse
    - talón
    - tenerse
    - uña
    - vadear
    - ver
    - zancadilla
    - a
    - agachar
    - amoldar
    - bien
    - budín
    - buscar
    - calambre
    English:
    accused
    - athlete's foot
    - bare
    - base
    - bed
    - book
    - bottom
    - caption
    - circumscribe
    - clubfoot
    - custard pie
    - dead
    - easy
    - floor lamp
    - foot
    - foothold
    - footing
    - footnote
    - ft
    - grandfather
    - hike
    - hill
    - impression
    - imprint
    - instep
    - itch
    - letter
    - man
    - meat pie
    - mince pie
    - on
    - pace
    - pie
    - pie chart
    - press
    - print
    - promenade concert
    - rambler
    - remain
    - rise
    - roll out
    - salt
    - sole
    - stamp
    - stamp down
    - stand
    - stand up
    - standing
    - standing ovation
    - standing room
    * * *
    pie nm
    1. [de persona] foot;
    estos zapatos me hacen daño en los pies these shoes hurt my feet;
    a pie on foot;
    prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot;
    estar de o [m5] en pie to be standing;
    ponerse de o [m5] en pie to stand up;
    llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours;
    llevo en pie desde las seis de la mañana I've been up and about since six in the morning;
    la oferta sigue en pie the offer still stands;
    echar pie a tierra [jinete] to dismount;
    [pasajero] to alight;
    se me fueron los pies [resbalé] I slipped, I lost my footing;
    se me iban los pies con la música my feet were tapping along to the music;
    perder/no hacer pie [en el agua] to go/to be out of one's depth;
    Formal
    a sus pies at your service;
    el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street;
    en pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
    en pie de guerra on a war footing;
    pies de barro: un héroe/líder con (los) pies de barro a hero/leader with feet of clay;
    Fam
    buscar (los) tres o [m5] cinco pies al gato to overcomplicate matters;
    de pies a cabeza from head to toe;
    con buen pie: empezar con buen pie to get off to a good start;
    terminar con buen pie to end on a good note;
    caer de pie [tener suerte] to land on one's feet;
    no dar pie con bola to get everything wrong;
    con el pie derecho: empezar con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
    estar con un pie en el estribo to be about to leave;
    a pies juntillas unquestioningly;
    levantarse con el pie izquierdo to get out of bed on the wrong side;
    con mal pie: empezar con mal pie to get off to a bad start;
    terminar con mal pie to end on a sour note;
    nacer de pie to be born lucky;
    andar o [m5] ir con pies de plomo to tread carefully;
    pararle los pies a alguien to put sb in their place;
    Fam
    poner pies en polvorosa: al llegar la policía, puso pies en polvorosa when the police arrived, you couldn't see him for dust o he legged it;
    poner los pies en o [m5] sobre la tierra to get a grip on reality;
    Esp
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know sb's weaknesses;
    Fam
    salir con los pies por delante to leave feet first o in a box;
    Esp Fam
    salir por pies to leg it;
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense at all;
    tener un pie en la tumba to have one foot in the grave
    no tenerse en pie: no me tengo en pie I can't stand up a minute longer;
    esa teoría no se tiene en pie that theory doesn't stand up
    pie de atleta athlete's foot;
    pie de cabra crowbar, Br jemmy, US jimmy;
    pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters;
    pies planos flat feet
    2. [base] [de lámpara, micrófono] stand;
    [de copa] stem; [de montaña, árbol, escalera] foot;
    al pie de la página at the foot o bottom of the page;
    al pie de o [m5]a los pies de la cama/de la montaña at the foot of the bed/mountain;
    al pie de la letra to the letter, word for word;
    sigue las instrucciones al pie de la letra follow the instructions to the letter;
    copiar algo al pie de la letra to copy sth word for word;
    no hace falta que lo interpretes al pie de la letra there's no need to interpret it literally;
    al pie del cañón: ahí está, siempre al pie del cañón there he is, always hard at work
    pie de foto caption;
    pie de imprenta imprint;
    Informát pie de página footer
    3. [unidad de medida] foot;
    mide tres pies de ancho it's three foot o feet wide
    4. Teatro cue;
    Fig
    dar pie a [críticas, comentarios] to give rise to;
    [sospechas] to give cause for; Fig
    dar pie a alguien para que haga algo to give sb cause to do sth
    5. Lit [de verso] foot
    pie quebrado = short line of four or five syllables alternating with longer lines
    6. pie de lobo [planta] clubmoss
    7. pies de gato [botas] rock boots
    8. Chile [anticipo] down payment
    * * *
    m
    1 de estatua, lámpara base
    2 de persona foot;
    a pie on foot;
    al pie de at the foot of;
    de pie standing;
    estar de pie be standing (up);
    en pie stand up;
    de pie fig: por cansancio be ready to drop;
    de pies a cabeza from head to foot;
    no tiene ni pies ni cabeza it doesn’t make any sense at all, I can’t make head nor tail of it;
    levantarse con el pie izquierdo get out of bed on the wrong side;
    con buen/mal pie empezar get off to a good/bad start;
    con los pies fig badly;
    estar en pie be up, be out of bed;
    estar en pie de guerra be on a war footing;
    cinco pies al gato fig make things difficult, complicate things;
    a give rise to, generate;
    echar pie a tierra go ashore;
    estar al pie del cañón fig be hard at work;
    hacer pie touch bottom;
    no hacer pie en piscina be out of one’s depth;
    do everything wrong;
    parar los pies a alguien take s.o. down a peg or two fam ;
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien fig know where s.o. is coming from;
    poner pies en polvorosa fam take to one’s heels fam ;
    salir por pies hotfoot it fam, make o.s. scarce;
    pie de la cama foot of the bed;
    pies planos flat feet
    * * *
    pie nm
    1) : foot
    a pie: on foot
    de pie: on one's feet, standing
    2) : base, bottom, stem, foot
    pie de la cama: foot of the bed
    pie de una lámpera: base of a lamp
    pie de la escalera: bottom of the stairs
    pie de una copa: stem of a glass
    3) : foot (in measurement)
    pie cuadrado: square foot
    4) : cue (in theater)
    5)
    dar pie a : to give cause for, to give rise to
    6)
    en pie de igualidad : on equal footing
    * * *
    pie n
    1. (de persona) foot [pl. feet]
    2. (de estatua, lámpara, etc) base
    ponerse de pie to stand up [pt. & pp. stood]

    Spanish-English dictionary > pie

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Chief Investigator, Transport Safety — Type Government Agency Predecessor Chief Investigator, Public Transport and Marine Safety Investigations Founded 1 July 2010 Founder(s) Government of Victoria Headquarters …   Wikipedia

  • Set (mythology) — In Ancient Egyptian mythology, Set (also spelled Seth, Sutekh or Seteh) is an ancient god, who was originally the god of the desert, storms, and chaos. Because of the developments in the Egyptian language over the 3,000 years that Set was… …   Wikipedia

  • Chief Justice of the United States — Chief Justice of the United States …   Wikipedia

  • Chief Vann House Historic Site — Chief Vann House U.S. National Register of Historic Places …   Wikipedia

  • Chief Scout's Award (Scouting Ireland) — Chief Scout s Award Owner Scouting Ireland …   Wikipedia

  • Chief Magazine — Chief masthead Publisher A.P. Smith Categories Arts Culture Magazine Frequency Monthly Circulation …   Wikipedia

  • Chief Judge Fargo — (painted by Carlos Ezquerra) Publication information Publisher …   Wikipedia

  • Chief executive officer — Chief Executive redirects here. For other uses, see Chief executive (disambiguation). CEO and CEOs redirect here. For the island, see Ceos. For the musical project, see ceo (musician). A chief executive officer (CEO, American English), managing… …   Wikipedia

  • Chief Judge of Mega-City One — Chief Judge Fargo (drawn by Brendan McCarthy) Chief Judge of Mega City One is the title of several supporting characters in the Judge Dredd comic strip published in 2000 AD. The chief judge is dictator and head of state of Mega City One, a… …   Wikipedia

  • Chief Stockton — Background information Birth name Chief Stockton Born December 15, 1986 (1986 12 15 …   Wikipedia

  • Over There (Fringe) — Over There Fringe episode …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»